4 
 
 I 
 
LIBRARY OF CO" IS. I 
 
 
 38 
 
 UNITED STATES OF AMEKICA.i 
 

POPULAR 
 HARMONY OF THE BIBLE, 
 
 HISTORICALLY AND CHRONOLOGICALLY 
 ARRANGED. 
 
 BY 
 
 H. ll/wHEELEE, 
 
 AUTHOR OF 
 
 " HEBREW FOE ADULTS," " OUTLINES OF CHRONOLOGY," 
 ETC. 
 
 LONDON: 
 LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS. 
 
 1855. 
 

 London : 
 
 A- and G. A. SPOTTiswooDn, 
 
 t New-street-Square. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 It is universally admitted that many historical state- 
 ments, both in the Old and New Testament, are not 
 placed in their natural order, and that there are many 
 points which, though possessed of a clear and defi- 
 nite meaning, if harmoniously regarded, seem open 
 to doubt and cavil, if read and interpreted apart. 
 
 The design of this work is, to remove these ap- 
 parent difficulties; to facilitate to the Christian 
 parent, teacher, child, and student, the reading of 
 the Word of God ; and to enable him to behold the 
 great beauty and unity that pervades it when har- 
 monised and systematically arranged. 
 
 Many works of the kind have from time to time 
 been written ; but they have only been accessible to 
 the rich and learned : I have^ therefore, some reason 
 
IV PREFACE. 
 
 to believe that the Popular Harmony of the Bible 
 will supply a desideratum long felt, and prove a 
 good substitute for such expensive, yet truly valu- 
 able and leai-ned works as Townsend's Arrangement 
 of the Old Testament, and Greswell's Harmony of 
 the New. 
 
 In addition to the Arrangement and Harmony of 
 the Bible, a great deal of other useful information 
 is added, which it is hoped will serve to solve many 
 apparent difficulties which the Christian reader may 
 meet with in the searching of the Scriptures. 
 
 In the compilation I have in no one instance acted 
 without some weighty authority as my guide or 
 support ; neither have I hesitated to avail myself of 
 the labours of others, whenever I have found that 
 an extract or an opinion of theirs was likely to 
 enhance the usefulness of my undertaking. 
 
 Great care has been taken to render the work cor- 
 rect; but should any error have been accidentally 
 overlooked, I trust the indulgent reader will bear with 
 me, considering the nature of the work, aud the im- 
 mense labour required to arrange such a multitude of 
 texts under their proper heads. 
 
PREFACE. V 
 
 In conclusion, I may permitted to say, that I have 
 done what I could to make the work acceptable ; and 
 I pray that He, who of His mercy and goodness gave 
 the Sacred Word, upon which I have Jeen humbly 
 engaged, may bless my labour, and make it of service 
 to earnest seekers after that knowledge, which, to 
 possess and to act upon, is able to make them wise 
 unto salvation. 
 
 THE AUTHOR. 
 
 Ewhurst, Sussex, 
 St. Thomas's Day, 1854. 
 
 a 3 
 
INTRODUCTION, 
 
 The Bible is the Word of God. Its divine authenticity 
 cannot be denied ; it bears upon every page the stamp of 
 inspiration, and an evidence, in its diction, perspicuity, 
 and elegance, of a wisdom far superior to anything found 
 in human composition. That God is its Author, and 
 that its writers were inspired, have been most satis- 
 factorily and clearly proved by men who have made 
 the subject their special study, and who, from their pro- 
 found learning and piety, were eminently qualified to 
 form an opinion concerning it. In all ages it has been 
 received (the Old Testament by the Jews, and the Old 
 and New Testament by Christians,) as a divine record 
 and revelation. Many an attempt, it is true, has been 
 made to level both it and that which rests upon it (the 
 Christian Religion) to the standard of a fable; but, 
 thank God! these designs have not only been unsuccessful, 
 but have, in numerous instances, by the providence of 
 God, been the means of placing more conspicuously the 
 exalted character of the Bible before the humble seeker 
 after Truth. 
 
 Should the reader be desirous of satisfying himself 
 
Vlll INTRODUCTION. 
 
 more fully on this important subject, he may profitably 
 take up for that purpose Dr. Whitby's " General Preface 
 to the Gospels," Leland's " Divine Authority of the Old 
 and New Testament," " Butler's Analogy," Robert Hall's 
 " Modern Infidelity," Paley's " Horse Paulina," Dr. Tay- 
 lor's " Key," Lardner's " Credibility," and Dr. Dodd's 
 " Commentaries." Few will, probably, be able to con- 
 sult these authorities for themselves; those who cannot 
 may be quite satisfied that what is stated above is, in 
 substance, the conclusion to which they, and many 
 others, have come on the subject. 
 
 No uninspired man was better able to form a just 
 opinion concerning the merits of the most celebrated 
 books of antiquity which have come down to us than 
 our own countryman, Sir William Jones. The opinions 
 of this eminent scholar touching the excellence of the 
 Scriptures, are so weighty and so encouraging to the 
 student of Holy Writ, that they are worthy of being daily 
 recalled to mind. He says, " The collection of tracts, 
 which we call, from their excellence, The Scriptures, con- 
 tain, independently of a Divine origin, more true sub- 
 limity, more exquisite beauty, purer morality, more 
 important history, and finer strains of poetry and elo- 
 quence, than could be collected within the same compass 
 from all other books that were ever composed in any age 
 or in any idiom. The two parts of which the Scriptures 
 consist (the Old and New Testaments) are connected by 
 a chain of composition (the Prophecies) which bear no 
 resemblance in form or style to any that can be produced 
 from the stores of Grecian, Indian, Persian, or even 
 Arabian learning. The antiquity of these compositions 
 no man doubts ; and the unstrained application of them 
 to events long subsequent to their publication, is a solid 
 
INTRODUCTION. IX 
 
 ground of belief that they were genuine predictions, and 
 consequently inspired." 
 
 But greater than Sir William have borne testimony to 
 their perfection and intrinsic value. " Search the 
 Scriptures," said He who knew what was excellent and 
 what was best for man. They were " given by inspi- 
 ration,'' and are " profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for 
 correction, for instruction," and are " able to make thee 
 wise unto salvation," is the opinion of St. Paul, the 
 eminent Apostle of Christ and the learned pupil of 
 Gamaliel. David, who had made them his meditation 
 day and night, declares that they are "wonderful;" that 
 they are " better than thousands of gold and silver ; n 
 that their "entrance giveth light and understanding to 
 the simple;" that by them he was made "wiser" than his 
 enemies, and had " more understanding than all his 
 teachers ;" and finally, that " the law of the Lord is 
 perfect" and " very pure." — See Ps. cxix. 
 
 Still, notwithstanding the superlative excellence of the 
 Scriptures, it must not be denied that they contain diffi- 
 culties, and are in many places hard to be understood 
 (2 Peter, iii. 16.). The difficulties are three-fold: — 
 Firstly, such as are common to all histories of antiquity, 
 arising from being written in a language long since 
 "dead," in a country long since desolate, and amidst 
 natural scenery, political institutions, and social manners 
 and customs altogether dissimilar to those of Europe* 
 secondly, such as over which God in his wisdom has 
 purposely drawn a veil ; and thirdly, such as arise out of 
 the arrangement of the books, chapters, and certain por- 
 tions of the text. 
 
 The first kind of difficulties the labours of the learned 
 may do, and have done, much to illustrate and remove, 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 and therefore their works may very profitably be studied 
 for that purpose. The second kind must be left to God. 
 He will in His own good time be His own expositor, and 
 reveal them to His servants ; — all the human wisdom in 
 the universe, unassisted by His will, cannot make that 
 plain which He has hid. The third class may be called 
 minor difficulties, and will, in a great measure, be re- 
 moved by the Popular Harmony of the Bible. Whatever 
 God has done He has done ivell : man arranged the 
 Scriptures, but God is their Author ; the former liable to 
 err, the latter never. He is the only infallible. 
 
 It is a blessed thing to know, that with all the diffi- 
 culties to be met with in the Scriptures, there is not one 
 which veils the duty, the happiness, and the salvation of 
 man. God has mercifully revealed sufficient that he that 
 runneth may read ; that the humbly ignorant may, by 
 them, be instructed ; the learned made wiser ; the pious 
 know the reward of his piety ; the wicked, his doom ; the 
 afflicted, where they may find comfort ; the sick, a phy- 
 sician ; the oppressed, help ; the widow, a protector ; the 
 fatherless, a parent ; the friendless, a friend ; the weak, 
 strength ; and all classes and conditions of men their 
 duties and their interests ; the Christian, where he may 
 find a God, to watch over him ; a Saviour, to intercede for 
 him ; and a Comforter, ever ready to fill him with every 
 good and perfect gift. 
 
 In many things man is apt to consider himself wiser 
 than his Maker : when he does so in reference to His 
 Word, he often raises up difficulties for himself; the 
 pride of some causes them to misunderstand and pervert 
 the Scriptures, and the self-satisfaction of others leads them 
 to slight, despise, and reject them. If man would submit 
 to be taught, he would learn more; if he would search the 
 
INTRODUCTION. XI 
 
 Scriptures to get wisdom rather than to obtain know- 
 ledge to support him in unfruitful disputations, and bane- 
 ful cavillings, he would not find himself so often in the 
 dark. They who read them from curiosity can never ex- 
 pect God to gratify such unholy inquisitiveness ; to know 
 the deep things in them, they must become " babes;" 
 when they bring themselves down to that level, they 
 will no longer cry this or that part of Holy Writ is 
 difficult, but be contented to leave hidden things to 
 God, and exclaim " How I love Thy law ; it is more 
 precious than rubies. I esteem all Thy precepts con- 
 cerning all things to be right." Then will they in- 
 deed find that the Scriptures is a chart by which they 
 may sail to eternity ; a map by which they may daily 
 walk ; a sun-dial by which they may set their lives ; a 
 balance in which they may weigh all their actions ; and a 
 mirror in which they may "know themselves" and their 
 God. 
 
 After what has been said in proof of the excellency of 
 the Scriptures, it will not be out of place to show that 
 the version which we have is one which the Christian 
 unhesitatingly may receive and use as a faithful copy 
 of the original. 
 
 Those who have compared most of the European trans- 
 lations with the original, have not scrupled to say that the 
 English translation of the Bible, made under the direction 
 of King James L, is the most accurate and faithful of the 
 whole. The translators have seized the very spirit and 
 soul of the original, and expressed this almost every- 
 where with pathos and energy. Moreover, our translators 
 have not only made a standard translation, but they have 
 made their translation the standard of our language; 
 the English tongue in their day was not equal to such 
 
Xll INTRODUCTION, 
 
 a work, " but God enabled them to stand as upon Mount 
 Sinai," to use the expression of a learned author, " and 
 crane up their country's language to the dignity of the 
 originals, so that after a lapse of more than 200 years, 
 the English Bible is, with very few exceptions, the stand- 
 ard of the purity and excellence of the English tongue. 
 The original from which it was taken is, alone, superior 
 to the Bible translated by the authority of King James." 
 The great care taken to make a faithful translation 
 will be better understood by giving the names of those 
 engaged in accomplishing it, and the rules by which they 
 worked. Before giving this account it may be necessary 
 to state that a resolution was formed, in consequence 
 of a request made by Dr. Reynolds to King James L, in 
 the conference held at Hampton Court, 1603, that a 
 new translation, or rather revision, of what was called 
 the Bishops Bible, printed in 1568, should be made. 
 Dr. Reynolds' request was made in the following 
 
 Dr. Reynolds. " May your Majesty be pleased that the Bible be 
 new translated, such as are extant not answering the original ? " 
 [ Here he gave a few examples.'] 
 
 Bishop of London. " If every man's humour might be followed, 
 there would be no end of translating." 
 
 The King. " I profess I could never yet see a Bible well trans- 
 lated in English ; but I think that of all, that of Geneva is the worst. 
 I wish some special pains were taken for an uniform translation, 
 which should be done by the best learned in both Universities, then 
 reviewed by the Bishops, presented to the Privy Council, lastly ratified 
 by royal authority, to be read in the whole church, and no other." 
 
 There were fifty-four translators appointed, who were divided 
 into six classes ; seven of these appear to have died before the work 
 commenced, as only forty- seven are found in Fuller's list. 
 
INTRODUCTION. Xlll 
 
 I 
 
 At Westminster, ten were engaged on 
 
 The Pentateuch : The Story from Joshua to the First 
 Book of the Chronicles, exclusively. 
 
 Doctor Andrews, Fellow and Master of Pembroke Hall in 
 Cambridge ; then Dean of Westminster, afterwards Bishop of Win- 
 chester. 
 
 Dr. Overall, Fellow of Trinity College, Master of Kath. 
 Hall, in Cambridge ; then Dean of St. Paul's, afterwards Bishop of 
 Norwich. 
 
 Dr. Saravia. 
 
 Dr. Clarke, Fellow of Christ's College, in Cambridge, Preacher 
 in Canterbury. 
 
 Dr. Laifield, Fellow of Trin., in Cambridge, Parson of St. 
 Clement Danes ; being skilled in architecture, his judgment was 
 much relied on for the fabric of the Tabernacle and Temple. 
 
 Dr. Leigh, Archdeacon of Middlesex, Parson of All-Hallows, 
 Barking. 
 
 Master Burgley— Mr. King — Mr. Thompson. 
 
 Mr. Bedwell, of Cambridge, and (I think) of St. John's, Vicar 
 of Tottenham, near London. 
 
 At Cambridge, eight were engaged on 
 
 The First of the Chronicles, with the rest of the 
 Story, and the Hagiographa, viz., Job, Psalms, Proverbs, 
 Canticles, Ecclesiastes. 
 
 Master Edward Lively. 
 
 Mr. Richardson, Fellow of Emman., afterwards D.D.; Master, 
 first of Peter-House, then of Trinity College. 
 
 Mr. Chaderton, afterwards D. D., Fellow, first of Christ's Col- 
 lege, then Master of Emmanuel. 
 
 Mr. Dillingham, Fellow of Christ's College, beneficed at 
 
 in Bedfordshire, where he died a single and a wealthy man. 
 
 Mr. Andrews, afterwards D. D., brother to the Bishop of Win- 
 chester, and Master of Jesus College. 
 
 Mr. Harrison, the Rev. Vice-Master of Trinity College. 
 
 Mr. Spalding, Fellow of St. John's, in Cambridge, and Hebrew 
 Professor therein. 
 
XIV INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Me. Bing, Fellow of Peter- House, in Cambridge, and Hebrew 
 Professor therein. 
 
 At Oxford, seven were engaged on 
 
 The Pour Greater Prophets, with the Lamentations, 
 and the Twelve Lesser Prophets. 
 
 Dr. Harding, President of Magdalen College. 
 
 Dr. Reynolds, President of Corpus Christi College. 
 
 Dr. Holland, Rector of Exeter College, and King's Professor. 
 
 Dr. Kilby, Rector of Lincoln College, and Regius Professor. 
 
 Master Smith, afterwards D.D., and Bishop of Gloucester. He 
 made the learned and religious Preface to the Translation. 
 
 Mr. Brett, of a worshipful family, beneficed at Quainton, in 
 Buckinghamshire. 
 
 Mr. Fairclowe. 
 
 At Cambridge, seven were engaged on 
 
 The Prayer of Manasseh, and the rest of the Apo- 
 crypha. 
 
 Dr. Duport, Prebend of Ely, and Master of Jesus College. 
 
 Dr. Brainthwait, first Fellow of Emmanuel, then Master of 
 Gonvil and Caius College. 
 
 Dr. Radclyffe, one of the Senior Fellows of Trinity College. 
 
 Master Ward, Emmanuel, afterwards D. D., Master of Sidney 
 College, and Margaret Professor. 
 
 Mr. Downs, Fellow of St. John's College, and Greek Professor. 
 
 Mr. Boyce, Fellow of St. John's College, Prebend of Ely, Par- 
 son of Boxworth, in Cambridgeshire. 
 
 Mr. Ward, Regal, afterwards D. D., Prebend of Chichester, 
 Rector of Bishop-Waltham, in Hampshire. 
 
 At Oxford, eight were engaged on 
 The Four Gospels, Acts of the Apostles, Apocalypse. 
 Dr. Ra vis, Dean of Christ Church, afterwards Bishop of London. 
 
 Dr. Abbot, Master of University College, afterwards Archbishop 
 of Canterbury. 
 
INTRODUCTION. XV 
 
 Dr. Eedes — Mr. Thompson — Mr. Savill — Dr. Peryn — 
 Dr. Ravens — Mr. Harmer. 
 
 At Westminster, seven were engaged on 
 
 The Epistles op St. Paul, and the Canonical Epistles. 
 
 Dr. Barlowe, of Trinity Hall, in Cambridge, Dean of Chester, 
 afterwards Bishop of Lincoln. 
 
 Dr. Hutchenson — Dr. Spencer — Mr. Eenton — Mr. Rab- 
 bet — Mr. Sanderson — Mr. Dakins. 
 
 The Rules upon which the Translators worked. 
 
 " Now," says Fuller, " for the better ordering of their proceed- 
 ings, his Majesty recommended the following rules, by them to be 
 most carefully observed: — 
 
 " 1. — The ordinary Bible read in the Church, commonly called 
 the Bishops' Bible, to be followed, and as little altered as the original 
 will permit. 
 
 "2. — The names of the Prophets, and the holy writers, with their 
 other names in the text, to be retained, as near as may be, accord- 
 ing as they are vulgarly used. 
 
 " 3. — The old ecclesiastical words to be kept, viz., the word Church 
 not to be translated Congregation, &c. 
 
 " 4. — When any word hath divers significations, that to be kept 
 which hath been most commonly used by the most eminent Fathers, 
 being agreeable to the propriety of the place, and the analogy of 
 faith. 
 
 " 5. — The division of the chapters to be altered either not at all, or 
 as little as may be, if necessity so require. 
 
 " 6. — No marginal notes at all to be affixed, but only for the expla- 
 nation of the Hebrew or Greek words, which cannot, without some 
 circumlocution, so briefly and fitly be expressed in the texts. 
 
 " 7. — Such quotations of places to be marginally set down, as shall 
 serve for the fit reference of one Scripture to another. 
 
 " 8. — Every particular man of each company to take the same 
 chapter, or chapters; and having translated or amended them seve- 
 rally by himself, where he think good, all to meet together, confer 
 what they have done, and agree for their part what shall stand. 
 
XVI INTRODUCTION. 
 
 " 9. — As any one company hath despatched any one book in this 
 \ manner, they shall send it to the rest, to be considered of seriously 
 and judiciously; for his Majesty is very careful on this point. 
 
 " 10. — If any company, upon the review of the book so sent, shall 
 doubt or differ upon any places, to send them word thereof, note the 
 places, and therewithal send their reasons; to which, if they consent 
 not, the difference to be compounded at the general meeting, which is 
 to be of the chief persons of each company, at the end of the work. 
 
 " 11. — When any place of special obscurity is doubted of, letters to 
 be directed by authority, to send to any learned in the land, for his 
 judgment in such a place. 
 
 " 12. — Letters to be sent from every Bishop to the rest of his clergy, 
 admonishing them of this translation in hand; and to move and 
 charge as many as, being skilful in the tongues, have taken pains in 
 that kind, to send his particular observations to the company, either 
 at Westminster, Cambridge, or Oxford. 
 
 " 13. — The directors in each company to be the Deans of West- 
 minster and Chester for that place; and the King's Professors in 
 Hebrew and Greek in each University. 
 
 "Tindal's. 
 
 " 14. — These translations to be used, when Matthew's, 
 they agree better with the text than the Bishops' < Coverdale's. 
 Bible, viz. - Whitchurch. 
 
 _ Geneva. 
 
 " Besides the said directions before mentioned, three or four of the 
 most ancient and grave divines in either of the Universities, not em- 
 ployed in translating, to be assigned by the Vice-chancellor, upon 
 conference with the rest of the heads, to be overseers of the transla- 
 tions, as well Hebrew as Greek, for the better observation of the 
 fourth rule above specified. 
 
 " And now, after long expectation and great desire," says Mr. 
 Fuller, " came forth the new translation of the Bible (most beauti- 
 fully printed) by a select and competent number of divines appointed 
 for that purpose; not being too many, lest one should trouble 
 another ; and yet many, lest many things might haply escape them. 
 Who neither coveting praise for expedition, nor fearing reproach for 
 slackness (seeing in a business of moment none deserve blame for 
 convenient slowness), had expended almost three years in the Work, 
 
INTEODUCTION. XV11 
 
 not only examining the channels by the fountain, translations with the 
 original, which was absolutely necessary, but also comparing channels 
 with channels, which was abundantly useful in the Spanish, Italian, 
 French, and Dutch (German) languages. These, with Jacob, rolled 
 away the stone from the mouth of the well of life; so that now even 
 RachaeVs weak women may freely come both to drink themselves and 
 water the flocks of their families at the same." 
 
 To this the pious Fuller adds : — " Wheresoever the Bible shall be 
 preached or read in the whole world, shall this that they " (King 
 James and the translators) " have done be told in memorial of them." 
 
 Tolle et Lege. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Page 
 
 Preface ------- iii 
 
 Introduction ------ vii 
 
 Explanation • • - - - - xxiii 
 
 The Arrangement op the Old Testament 1 
 
 From the Creation to the building of Babel - - ib. 
 
 From the building of Babel to Pharaoh's oppression - 3 
 
 History of Job ----- ^ 
 
 „ Abraham - 4 
 
 „ Isaac - - - - - - ib. 
 
 „ Jacob ------ 5 
 
 „ Joseph ------ 7 
 
 From the Birth to the Death of Moses 8 
 
 Journeys of the Israelites 9 
 
 From the Entrance into Canaan to the anointing of Saul - 15 
 
 Conquest of Canaan - - - - - ib. 
 
 Interregnum (20 years) - - - - 16 
 
 Government of the Judges - - - -17 
 
 From Saul's Accession to the Death of Solomon - - 18 
 
 Keign of Saul ------ ib. 
 
 „ David - - - 20 
 
 „ Solomon - - - 23 
 From the Accession of Kehoboam to the Beginning of the 
 
 Captivity -------26 
 
 History of the Kingdoms of Judah and Israel - ib. 
 
 „ Judah alone - - - - - 40 
 
 a 2 
 
XX CONTENTS. 
 
 From the Beginning of the Captivity to the Decree of Cyrus - 44 
 
 The History of the Jews at Jerusalem and Babylon - ib. 
 
 „ Captivity - ib. 
 
 From the Decree of Cyrus to the close of the Canon of the Old 
 
 Testament - - - - - - -51 
 
 A Chronological Table of Events, connecting the Old Testament 
 
 with the New - - - - - - 53 
 
 The Histoiy of the Jewish Nation between the close of the Old 
 
 Testament, and the commencement of the New - - 57 
 
 Arrangement and Harmony of the New Testament - 69 
 From the announcement to Zacharias to the conclusion of our 
 
 Lord's private History - - - - - ib. 
 
 From the entry of John Baptist on his Ministry to the Ascen- 
 sion of Christ - - - - - - 71 
 
 From John's entry on his Ministry to the First Miracle of Christ ib. 
 From the purging of the Temple by Christ to the call of 
 
 Matthew - - - - - - - 72 
 
 From the second Passover attended by Christ to the sending 
 
 forth of the Twelve Apostles - - - - 74 
 
 From the sending forth the Twelve to the Transfiguration - 77 
 From the Transfiguration to Christ's triumphal entry into 
 Jerusalem - - - - - - -79 
 
 From Christ's entry into Jerusalem to the Preparation of the 
 
 Passover - - - - - - - 84 
 
 Christ's Agony - - - - - - 88 
 
 „ Betrayal - - - - - ib. 
 
 „ Crucifixion - .. - - - 90 
 
 „ Burial - - - - 91 
 
 „ Eesurrection - - - - - 92 
 
 „ Ascension - - - - - 94 
 
 The Apostolic Age - - - - - 95 
 
 From the choosing of Matthias to the departure of Saul and 
 
 Barnabas to the Gentiles - - - - - ib. 
 
 St. Paul's first journey - - - - - 97 
 
 second „ ■ - - - - - 99 
 
 third «-.---- 101 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Page 
 From St. Paul's last journey, to the close of the Canon of the 
 Scriptures - - - - - - -105 
 
 Some further account of the Epistles - - - - 106 
 
 History of the Jews from the Crucifixion to the Destruction of 
 Jerusalem - - - - - - -114 
 
 Dates of events recorded in the Acts to the Destruction of 
 
 Jerusalem ___-•-.- 125 
 
 Quotations from the Old Testament found in the New Testa- 
 ment - - - - - - - 127 
 
 Exactly agreeing with the Hebrew - - - ib. 
 
 Nearly „ „ „ - -/' - 128 
 
 Agreeing in sense, not in words - - - 129 
 
 Giving the general sense - ib. 
 
 Made up of several passages - ib. 
 
 Differing from the Hebrew, but agreeing with the Sep- 
 tuagint - - - - - - 130 
 
 Of various readings - - - - - ib. 
 
 Probably corrupted Hebrew - ib. 
 
 Of mere reference - - - - - ib. 
 
 Parallel Passages in Chronicles, Samuel, and Kings - -131 
 
 The Chapters of Jeremiah arranged according to the Septuagint 132 
 Arrangement of Jeremiah's Prophecies - ib. 
 
 Arrangement of Ezekiel's Prophecies '- - - 133 
 
 Parallels in Isaiah - - - - - - ib. 
 
 Passages in Isaiah, referring to the Restoration and Conversion 
 of the Jews - - - - - - ib. 
 
 Harmony of the Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke - 134 
 
 Parallel Passages in Ephesians and Colossians - - 135 
 
 Coincidences between the Gospel and 1st Epistle of St. John - 136 
 Prophecies of Daniel and John, harmonised and explained - 137 
 Symbolical Language of Prophecy - 145 
 
 Prophecies relating to Christ arranged - - - 150 
 
 Prophecies fulfilled on Nations and Cities - - - 1 54 
 
 Brief Account of the Twelve Apostles - - - 155 
 
 Various sects, offices, and orders of men - - - 157 
 
 The Herodian Family - - - - - 164 
 
 Genealogical Chart of the Herodian Family - - - 168 
 
XX11 CONTENTS. 
 
 Page 
 
 Targum, Talmud, Misna, Gemaras - - - - 169 
 
 Synagogues, &c. - - - - - - - 170 
 
 The Apocryphal Books described - - - - 172 
 
 Jewish Calendar - - - - - -174 
 
 Jewish Seasons, Hours, Watches - - - - 176 
 
 Table of Measures, Weights, and Money - - - 177 
 
EXPLANATION. 
 
 i. The whole of the Bible is divided into Parts, Sections, and 
 Paragraphs. 
 
 ii. Parts, Sections, Paragraphs are arranged in their Historical 
 and Chronological order. 
 
 iii. The small italic letters affixed to certain words refer to the 
 geographical position noted at the foot of the page.* 
 
 iv. Texts enclosed in parentheses thus (1 Chron. xi. 1 — 3)., show 
 such text to be parallel, or in Harmony with the text pre- 
 ceding it. 
 
 v. Texts enclosed in brackets, thus [Ps. viii.], show such text to 
 have some reference to the subject, and should be read to 
 illustrate it. 
 
 vi. f. p. signifies first part, and I. p. the last part, of a verse. 
 
 N.B. If it be required to read a subject in order without Harmony, 
 it will be only requisite to omit the texts in parentheses. 
 
 * As the author of the Popular Harmony of the Bible was neces- 
 sarily compelled to give only the place or locality where certain cir- 
 cumstances took place, he ventures to recommend to tbe student's 
 notice "A Geographical Dictionary of the Holy Scriptures" 
 by the Kev. A. Arrowsmith (published by Messrs, Longman). The 
 late lamented author devoted many years to the preparation of this 
 valuable work. It contains a complete Scriptural account and 
 history of every place and people mentioned in Holy Writ, coupled 
 with short notices drawn from other sources ; and the references to 
 every passage in which they occur are always given. It is entirely 
 an original and independent work, mainly drawn from Holy Scrip- 
 ture itself ; and from the well-known accuracy and sound judgment 
 of the author, it is confidently believed that it will be of great ser- 
 vice to the Biblical student. 
 
A POPULAR 
 HARMONY OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 PART I. 
 
 (A Period of 1657 Years.) 
 
 FROM THE CREATION, B. C. 4004, TO NOAH'S 
 PREDICTION, B. C. 2347. 
 
 B.C. 
 
 4004. 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 The Creation. Gen. i., ii. 4 — 7. 
 
 The Sabbath instituted Gen. ii. 1 — 3. 
 
 Man placed in Eden. a Its situation. Eve 
 formed. Institution of Marriage. Gen. ii. 8 — 25. 
 
 Place. — a, Eden. 
 
A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 4004. 
 
 4003. 
 
 3875. 
 3874. 
 
 3769. 
 
 3468. 
 
 2348. 
 
 2347. 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 The Fall of Man. a The Messiah promised. 
 Expulsion from Eden. Gen. iii. 
 
 section in. 
 
 Birth of Cain and Abel. 6 Sacrifices first mentioned. 
 
 Gen. iv. 1 — 7. 
 
 Abel slain. 6 Cain cursed Gen. iv. 8 — 16. 
 
 Seth born. 6 Gen. iv. 25. 
 
 Cain's family. Lamech's speech. Gen. iv. 17 — 24. 
 Enos born. c Church and world specified. 
 
 Gen. iv. 26. 
 
 Genealogy from Adam to Noah, being the line of 
 
 Christ. (Enoch translated, b. c. 3017.) Gen. v. 
 
 SECTION IV. 
 
 Impiety of the World. God determines to destroy 
 it. Directs Noah to build an Ark. Gen. vi. 
 
 Noah enters the Ark. The Deluge. 
 
 Gen. vii., viii. 1 — 12. 
 
 Noah leaves the Ark. d God's covenant with Noah. 
 Gen. viii. 13—22 ; ix. 1—17. 
 
 Noah's prediction concerning his sons. rf 
 
 Gen. ix. 18—27. 
 
 Place. — a, Eden, b, near Eden, c, Nod. d, Armenia. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 2247. 
 
 1998. 
 
 PART II. 
 
 (A Period of 674 Years.) 
 
 FROM THE BUILDING OF BABEL, B. C. 2247, 
 
 RAELITES, B.C. 1573. 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 Building of Babel. a Confusion of tongues. The 
 dispersion of mankind. Gen. xi. 1 — 9. 
 
 Genealogies and settlements of Noah's posterity. 
 
 Gen. x. 
 
 Genealogy from Shem to Terah, being a conti- 
 nuation of Messiah's line. Gen. xi. 10 — 26. 
 
 Death of Noah. 6 Gen. ix. 28, 29. 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 THE HISTORY OF JOB. 
 
 Job lived in Uz, in Idumaea. It is impossible to 
 state when this Patriarch lived ; but there is 
 every probability that he was alive either just 
 before, or at the time of Abraham. Job, i — xlii. 
 
 Place. — a, Plains of Shinar. b, Armenia. 
 
 B2 
 
A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 1996. 
 1921. 
 
 1920. 
 1918. 
 
 1913. 
 
 1912. 
 
 1910. 
 1897. 
 
 1896. 
 
 1S92. 
 
 SECTION III. 
 
 HISTORY OF ABRAHAM. 
 
 Abram born.« Marries Sarah. ... Gen. xi. 27 — 30. 
 First call of Abram. 6 Terah dies. Gen. xi. 31, 32. 
 His second call. c Messiah promised. 
 
 Gen. xii. 1 — 9. 
 Abram goes from Canaan to Egypt on account of 
 
 the famine.^ His duplicity. Gen. xii. 10 — 20. 
 Abram returns.** Lot and Abram separate. Lot 
 
 goes to Sodom. Gen. xiii. 1 — 13. 
 
 The promise renewed.* 5 Kemoves to Mamre. 
 
 Gen. xiii. 14 — 18. 
 War with the five kings/ Abram is blessed by 
 
 Melchizedek. Gen. xiv. 
 
 God's covenant with Abram. e Gen. xv. 
 
 Sarah afflicts Hagar. Ishmael born. e Gen. xvi. 
 
 The covenant renewed. Their names changed. 
 
 Isaac promised. Circumcision instituted. 6 
 
 Gen. xvii, 
 
 Abraham entertains angels. The renewal of the 
 promise of a son. Sarah's unbelief. The con- 
 demnation and destruction of Sodom. Lot's 
 escape. Birth of Moab and Ben-ammi. e 
 
 Gen. xviii. xix. 
 
 Abraham leaves Hebron.^" Second duplicity. 
 
 Gen. xx. 
 
 Isaac born.s" Gen. xxi. 1 — 8. 
 
 Hagar and Ishmael cast out.^ ... Gen. xxi. 9 — 21. 
 
 Place. — a, Dr. b, to Haran. c, to Canaan, d, Canaan, e, Hebron. 
 /, Shaven, g, Gerar. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 1892. Covenant of Abraham with Abimelech." 
 
 Gen. xxi 22—34. 
 
 1872. Abraham's faith tried. 6 Gen. xxii. 1—19. 
 
 1859. Death and burial of Sarah. c Gen. xxiii. 
 
 Account of Rebekah's family. Gen. xxii. 20 — 24. 
 
 1856. Abraham sends to Haran for a wife for Isaac. 
 Marriage of Isaac and Rebekah." Gen. xxiv. 
 
 1850. Abraham marries Keturah. a His descendants by her. 
 
 Gen. xxv. 1 — 6. 
 
 1836. Birth of Esau and Jacob.** Gen. xxv. 19—28. 
 
 1821. Death of Abraham." (Aged 175.) The blessing 
 continued to Isaac. Gen. xxv. 7 — 11. 
 
 SECTION IV. 
 
 HISTORY OF JACOB. 
 
 1804. Famine in Canaan. Esau sells his birthright to 
 Jacob.** Gen. xxvi. 1 ; xxv. 29 — 34. 
 
 Isaac leaves Lahai-roi. e His duplicity. 
 
 Gen. xxvi. 1 — 16. 
 
 Isaac returns. His covenant with Abimelech. a 
 
 Gen. xxvi. 17—33. 
 
 1796. Esau marries two Hittites Gen. xxvi. 34, 35. 
 
 1773. Ishmael dies/ His posterity.... Gen. xxvi. 12 — 18. 
 1760. Jacob blessed." Flees from Esau. 
 
 Gen. xxvii. xxviii. 1 — 5. 
 
 His vision at Luz. Abides with Laban.^ 
 
 Gen. xxviii. 10 — 22 ; xxix. 1 — 14. 
 
 Esau marries Mahalah/ Gen. xxviii. 6 — 9. 
 
 Place. — a, Beersheba. b, Moriab.. c. Machpelah. d, Labai-roi. 
 e, Gerar. /, Arabia, g, Padan-aram. 
 
 B 3 
 
A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 B.C. 
 
 1752. 
 
 1745. 
 1739. 
 
 1736. 
 
 1732. 
 
 1729. 
 
 Jacob marries Leah and Rachel. 
 
 Gen. xxix. 15 — 30. 
 Birth of Reuben, Simeon, Levi and Judah, by 
 Leah ; of Dan and Naphtali, by Billah, Rachel's 
 maid ; of Gad and Asher, by Zilpah, Leah's 
 maid; of Issachar, Zebulun and Dinah, by 
 Leah; of Joseph, by Rachel." 
 
 Gen. xxix. 31—35 ; xxx. 1—24. 
 
 Jacob's policy." He becomes rich. 
 
 Gen. xxx. 25 — 43. 
 
 Jacob departs secretly. Laban pursueth. Their 
 
 covenant. 6 Gen. xxxi. 
 
 Jacob meets an angel. c Prays for deliverance 
 from Esau. Wrestles with the angel at Peniel. 
 Reconciled to Esau. Sojourns at Succoth. 
 
 Gen. xxxii., xxxiii. 1 — 17. 
 
 Jacob removes to Shalem.^ Gen. xxxiii. 18 — 20. 
 
 The birth of Er, Onan, Shelah, sons of Judah. 
 
 Gen. xxxviii. 1 — 5. 
 
 Shechemites slain by Simeon and Levi.*" 
 
 Gen. xxxiv. 
 
 Jacob departs from Shechem. God appears to 
 him. Changes his name to Israeli 
 
 Gen. xxxv. 1 — 15. 
 
 Birth of Benjamin. Death of Rachel/ 
 
 Gen. xxxv. 16—20. 
 
 Reuben's sin/ Jacob abides with Isaac. 
 
 Gen. xxxv. 21—27. 
 
 Esau's posterity Gen. xxxvi. 
 
 Place. — a, Padan-aram. b, Galeed. c, Succoth. d, Shechem. 
 e, Bethel. /, Bethlehem, g, Hebron. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 B.C. 
 
 1728. 
 
 1726. 
 1719. 
 
 1718. 
 
 1716. 
 1715. 
 
 1707. 
 1706. 
 
 1689. 
 
 1635. 
 
 1573. 
 
 SECTION V. 
 
 HISTORY OF JOSEPH. 
 
 Joseph's dreams.® Sold to Potiphar. 
 
 Gen. xxxvii. — xxxix. 1 — 6. 
 
 Incest of Judah and Tamar. 6 Pharez born ; a pro- 
 genitor of Christ. Gen. xxxviii. 6 — 30. 
 
 Joseph tempted by Potiphar's wife. He resists. 
 His imprisonment. Gen. xxxix. 7 — 23. 
 
 Interprets the butler's and baker's dreams. c 
 
 Gen. xl. 
 
 Death of Isaac.** Gen. xxxv. 28, 29. 
 
 Joseph interprets Pharaoh's dreams. His eleva- 
 tion. Manasseh and Ephraim born. c 
 
 Gen. xli. 1-52. 
 
 The famine. Joseph's brethren come to buy corn. 
 Gen. xli. 53 — 57 ; xlii. 
 
 His brethren's second arrival. Joseph makeshim- 
 self known. Jacob brought into Egypt, and 
 settles in Goshen. Gen. xliii. — xlvii. 1 — 12. 
 
 Character of Joseph's government. 
 
 Gen. xlvii. 13—26. 
 
 Jacob's predictions. His death and burial at 
 Machpelah. 
 
 Gen. xlvii. 27 — 31 ; xlviii., xlix., 1. 1 — 12. 
 Death of Joseph. Gen. 1. 22 — 26. 
 
 SECTION VI. 
 
 The oppression of the Israelites. Pharaoh orders 
 the male children to be destroyed. Exod. i. 
 
 Place. — a, Hebron, b, Timnath. c, Egypt, d, Mamre. 
 B4 
 
A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 PART III. 
 
 (A Period of 120 Years.) 
 
 FROM THE BIRTH (B.C. 1571) TO THE DEATH 
 OF MOSES, B. C. 1451. 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 1571. Moses's birth.* Rescue. Early life. 
 
 Exod. ii. 1—10. 
 
 1531. Leaves Egypt. 6 His marriage. ...Exod. ii. 11 — 22. 
 1500. The Israelites sigh by reason of their bondage.* 
 Exod. ii. 23—25. (Ps. lxxxviii.) 
 
 1491. God appears to Moses. c Moses and Aaron di- 
 rected to go to Pharaoh and the children of 
 Israel. Exod. iii., iv. 1 — 28. 
 
 They deliver their message to Israel, and to 
 Pharaoh." Israelites more oppressed. 
 
 Exod. iv. 29—31 ; v. 
 
 The Israelites cry against Moses and Aaron. a They 
 complain unto God, who assures them by the 
 revelation of His name Jehovah. 
 
 Exod. v. 20—23. ; vi. 1—13. 
 
 Genealogy of Reuben, Simeon, and Levi, of whom 
 came Moses and Aaron. Exod. vi. 14 — 27. 
 
 Moses and Aaron again sent to Pharaoh. Con- 
 firm their message by miracles." 
 
 Exod. vi. 28—30.; vii. 1—13. 
 
 Place. — a, Egypt, b, Midian. c, Horeb. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 1491. 
 
 Civil yr. 
 
 1494. 
 
 Y.1.,M. 1. 
 D. 15. 
 
 Pharaoh refuses to let Israel go. Plagues are sent. 
 Exod. vii. 14- — 25. ; viii., ix., 1 — 20. 
 
 The Passover instituted Exod. xii. 1 — 20. 
 
 The ninth plague. Three days' darkness. 
 
 Exod. x. 21—27. 
 
 Death of the first-born of the Egyptians threatened. 
 Exod. xi. 1—8. ; x. 28, 29. ; xi. 9—10. 
 
 Passover eaten. First-born slain. 
 
 Exod. xii. 21—30. 
 
 The Exodus." Exod. xii. 31—36,40—42. 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 THE EORTY-TWO JOURNEYS OF THE 
 ISRAELITES. 
 
 Note. — God commanded the month Nisan, or Abib 
 (March and April), the 14th night of which month the 
 Exodus took place, to be counted the beginning of a new 
 year (ecclesiastical year), the civil year being still re- 
 tained. The history of Moses, with the journeyings, is 
 dated according to this new year, and we shall follow the 
 same plan, giving the ecclesiastical year, month, and day 
 in the margin. 
 
 First Journey. 6 Passover observed. First-born 
 of man and beast set apart. Joseph's bones re- 
 moved. Num. xxxiii. 1 — 4. Exod. xii. 37. — 
 (Num. xxxiii. 5.) Exod. xii. 38. 39, 43—51. ; 
 xiii. 1—19. 
 Second Journey. Guided by a pillar of cloud 
 and fire. Exod. xiii. 20. (Num. xxxiii. 6.). — 
 Exod. xiii. 21, 22. 
 
 Third Journey.** Pharaoh pursues after the 
 Israelites. Exod. xiv. 1 — 18. (Num. xxxiii. 7.) 
 
 Place. — a, To Rameses. b, Rameses to Succoth. c. Etham. 
 d. Pi-hahiroth. 
 
10 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 Civil yr. 
 
 1491. 
 
 Y.1..M.1, 
 
 D. 15. 
 
 M. 3. 
 D. 15. 
 
 1496. 
 
 E. Y. 
 
 M. 6. 
 
 Fourth Journey." Passage of the sea. Pharaoh's 
 overthrow. Moses' song. Bitter water sweetened. 
 Exod.xiv. 19—13.; xv. 1—26. (Num. xxxiii. 8.) 
 
 Fifth and Sixth Journeys. 6 
 
 Exod. xv. 27. (Num. xxxiii. 9.) ; xxxiii. 10. 
 
 Seventh Journey/ People murmur for bread. 
 Manna given. 
 Exod. xvi. 1. (Num.xxxiii.il.) Exod. xvi. 
 2—36. 
 
 Eighth and Ninth Journeys.** 
 
 Num. xxxiii. 12, 13. 
 
 Tenth Journey/ Water from the rock in Horeb. 
 Amalek overcome. 
 
 Exod. xvii. 1. (Num. xxxiii. 14.) Exod. xvii. 
 2 — 16. 
 
 Eleventh Journey/ Preparation for the giving 
 of the Law. 
 Exod. xix. 1. (Num. xxxiii. 15.) Exod. xix. 
 2—15. 
 
 Proclamation of the Moral Law Exod. xx. 
 
 Proclamation of the Judicial Law. 
 
 Exod. xxi. — xxiii. 
 
 Moses called up into the mount Exod. xxiv. 
 
 Ceremonial Law given. Respecting the Tabernacle 
 and its furniture. The Priests and their gar- 
 ments, &c. Tables of the Law given to Moses. 
 
 Exod. xxv. — xxxi. 
 
 Idolatry. Golden Calf. Tables broken. 
 
 Exod. xxxii., xxxiii. 
 
 Tables of the Covenant renewed. ... Exod. xxxiv. 
 
 Offerings of the people for the Tabernacle. Beza- 
 
 Placb.— a, Red Sea and Marah. b, Elim, Red Sea. c, Wilderness of 
 Sin. d, Dophkah, Alush. e, Rephidim. /, Observe: all under this jour- 
 ney took place at the foot of Sinai. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 11 
 
 E. Y. II. 
 M. I., D. 1. 
 
 leel and Aholiab construct it, &c. Aaron and 
 his sons sanctified. Exod. xxxv. — xl. 1 — 16. 
 
 The Tabernacle set up. Cloud of Glory takes 
 possession of it. Exod. xl. 17 — 38. 
 
 Laws concerning various sacrifices. Levit. i* — vii. 
 
 Consecration of Aaron and his sons to the Priest- 
 hood. Their offering and those offered by the 
 princes accepted. Levit. viii., ix. Num. vii. 
 
 Nadab and Abihu destroyed Levit. x. 
 
 Great day of Atonement. The Scape Goat. 
 
 Levit. xvi. 
 
 Second Passover celebrated Num. ix. 1 — 14. 
 
 Law of meats and purifications. ... Levit. xi. — xv. 
 
 Various moral, ceremonial, and judicial laws. 
 
 Levit. xvii. — xxii. xxiv. 
 
 Of various festivals Levit. xxiii. and xxv. 
 
 Prophetic promises and threatenings. Levit. xxvi. 
 
 Law of vows. Things devoted. Tithes. 
 
 Levit. xxvi. 
 The Tribes numbered. Their order appointed. 
 
 Num. i., ii. 
 
 The Levites appointed Num. iii., iv. 
 
 Various legal ceremonies instituted.... Num. v. vi. 
 
 The Levites consecrated Num. viii. 
 
 The use of the silver trumpet. ... Num. x. 1 — 10. 
 Manner the cloud guided the people. 
 
 Num. ix. 15—23. 
 Jethro's visit and counsel to Moses. 
 
 Exod. xviii. 1— 26. 
 Twelfth Journey." Order of March. 
 
 Num. x. 11 — 13. (Num. xxiii. 16). Num. x. 
 14—28. 
 
 1490. 
 
 E. Y. II. 
 
 M. 2. 
 
 d. 20. 
 
 Place. — a, Kibroth-hattaavah. 
 
12 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 Civil yr. 
 
 1490. 
 
 E. Y. II. 
 
 M. 2. 
 
 w. 20. 
 
 Y. II. 
 
 M. 5. 
 
 D. 7. 
 
 1451. 
 
 E. Y. XL. 
 M. 1. 
 
 Jethro returns to Midian. 
 
 Num. x. 32. (Ex. xviii. 27.) 
 
 The blessing of Moses at the removal and resting 
 of the ark. Num. x. 33—36. 
 
 Burning* of Taberah quenched by Moses' prayer. 
 — People loathe manna and murmur for flesh. 
 Seventy elders appointed to assist Moses. 
 
 Num. xi. 1—34. 
 
 Thirteenth Journey. 3 Leprosy of Miriam. 
 
 Num. xi. 35.; (xxxiii. 17.); xii. 1 — 15. 
 
 Fourteenth Journey. 6 Spies sent out. The 
 people murmur at the report. The murmurers 
 above 20 years old sentenced to die in the 
 wilderness, and all to wander for 40 years. The 
 people who determined, in spite of God's sen- 
 tence, to invade the land, defeated by the in- 
 habitants. 
 
 Num. xii. 16 ; (xxxiii. 18.) ; xiii., xiv. Ps. xc. 
 
 Various laws. The sabbath-breaker stoned. 
 
 Num. xv. 
 
 Koran's rebellion. The budding of Aaron's rod. 
 
 Num. xvi., xvii. 
 
 Laws concerning Priests, Levites, and purifica- 
 tions. Num. xviii., xix. 
 
 Fifteenth to Thirty-Second Journey. 
 
 Eighteen journeys being their wanderings in the 
 wilderness for 38 years. Death of Miriam. 
 Moses' and Aaron's sin at Meribah. Edom re- 
 fuses a passage. 
 
 Num. xxxiii. 19 — 35. ; xx. 1. (xxxiii. 36.) ; 
 xx. 1—21. 
 
 Place.- 
 
 Hazeroth. b, Rithmah in Padan, or Kadesh-barnea. 
 c, Back to Kadesh-barnea. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 13 
 
 Civil yr. 
 
 1451. 
 
 E. Y. XL. 
 M. 5. 
 D. 1. 
 
 Thirty- Third Journey.* Death of Aaron. Arad 
 defeated. 
 
 Num. xx. 22.; (xxxiii. 37.) ; xx. 23—26, 27, 
 28. ; xxxiii. 38.) ; xxxiii. 39. ; xx. 29. ; 
 xxxiii. 40. ; xxi. 1 — 3. 
 
 Thirty-Fourth Journey. 6 Fiery Serpents. 
 
 Num. xxi. 4. ; (xxxiii. 41.) ; xxi. 5 — 9. 
 
 Thirty-Fifth, Sixth, and Seventh Journeys. 
 Num. xxxiii. 42. ; xxi. 10, 11. ; (xxx. 43, 44.) 
 
 Thirty-Eighth Journey. d Stopping at, or pass- 
 ing by Zared, Arnon, Beer, Jahaz, Heshbon, 
 where Sihon is defeated. Jaazer and Edrei, 
 where Og is defeated. 
 
 Num. xxi. 12— 18. ; 21—35. ; xxxiii. 45. 
 
 Thirty-Ninth and Fortieth Journeys. e Pass- 
 ing Mattanah, Nahaliel, Bamoth, Pisgah. 
 Num. xxxiii. 46. ; xxi. 18, 19, 20. ; (xxxiii. 47.) 
 
 Forty-First Journey/ Account of Balaam and 
 Balak. 
 
 Num. xxii. 1. ; (xxxiii. 48.); xxi. 2 — 41.; 
 xxiii., xxi v. 
 
 Forty-Second Journey. # Idolatry of Baal-Peor. 
 Num. xxv. 1. ; (xxxiii. 49.) ; xxv. 1 — 18. 
 
 Third numbering of the people. 5 " Num. xxvi. 
 
 Concerning the matters of the daughters of Zelo- 
 phedad.*" Law of inheritance given in conse- 
 quence. Num. xxvii. 1 — 11. ; xxxvi. 
 
 Laws of offerings and vows, &c.:^ 
 
 Num. xxviii — xxx. 
 
 Spoiling of Midian. «* Num. xxxi. 
 
 Assignment of territories to Reuben and Gad, and 
 
 Place. — a, Mount Hor. b, Zalmonah. c, Punon, Oboth. Ije-abarim 
 or lira, d, Dibon-gad. e, Almon-dibla-thaim, Abarim. /, Plains of 
 Moab by Jordan, g, Shittim. 
 
I 4 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 M. 11. 
 1. 
 
 Civil 
 
 1451. to the half tribe of Manasseh, on the eastern 
 side of Jordan. Num. xxxii. 
 
 The Israelites instructed how they shall act after 
 they have taken Canaan. a 
 
 Num. xxxiii. 50 — 56. ; xxxiv., xxxv. 
 
 SECTION in. 
 
 e. y. xl. Moses reviews their past history ; rehearses the 
 laws moral, ceremonial, and judicial ; gives addi- 
 tional precepts and directions ; enforcing them 
 by various exhortations to obedience. b 
 
 Deu. i., ii. 1. ; x. 6—9 ; ii. 2 — 37. ; iii — ix. 
 x. 1 — 5. ; 10—22. xi — xxvi. 
 
 The law confirmed Deu. xxviii. 
 
 Prophetic promises for obedience, and curses for 
 
 disobedience. Deu. xxvii. 
 
 Moses' concluding appeal Deu. xxix., xxx. 
 
 SECTION IV. 
 
 Joshua appointed to succeed Moses in governing 
 Israel. Num. xxvii. 12 — 23. 
 
 Moses' charge to the people, to Joshua, and to the 
 priests. Deu. xxxi. 1 — 13. 
 
 By the command of God, Moses writes a song of 
 witness ; again charges Joshua ; completes the 
 writing of the law ; delivers it to the Levites 
 with a prediction of the disobedience of Israel- 
 ites. Deu. xxxi. 14—29. 
 
 The song of witness ; Moses' farewell charge. 
 
 Deu. xxxi. 30. ; xxxii. 1 — 47. 
 
 Moses prophetically blesses Israel. 
 
 Deu. xxxii. 48 — 52. ; xxxiii. 
 e. v. xl. Death, burial, mourning for, and character of 
 Moses. Deu. xxxiv. 
 
 Place. — a, Shittim. b, Xear Xebo. c, Xebo. 
 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 15 
 
 . Y. XLI. 
 M.l. 
 
 D.20. 
 
 PART IV. 
 
 (A Period of 356 Years.) 
 
 FKOM THE ENTRANCE INTO CANAAN, 
 B.C. 1451, TO THE ANOINTING OF SAUL, 
 B. C. 1095. 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN. 
 Civil yr. 
 
 1451. Joshua's mission." Jos. i. 1 — 9. 
 
 Spies sent out b Jos. ii. 
 
 Passage of the Jordan Jos. i. 10 — 18. ; iii., iv. 
 
 The covenant renewed 6 Jos. v. 1 — 12. 
 
 The taking of Jericho. 
 
 Jos. vi. 1. ; v. 13—15. ; vii. 2—27. 
 
 Achan's sin ; Ai taken Jos. vii., viii. 1 — 29. 
 
 Gibeonites' stratagem ; conquest of the five kings. 
 
 Jos. ix., x. 
 1450 Rest of the conquests. 
 —45. 
 1445. The law proclaimed and confirmed.' 
 
 Jos. viii. 30 — 35. (See Deu. xxvii.) 
 1444. Reuben, Gad, Manasseh return to their allotments. 
 
 Jos. xxii. 
 
 Place. — a, Shittim. b, Gilgal. c, Ebal and Gerizim. 
 
16 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 Civil yr. 
 
 1444. 
 
 1427. 
 
 1425. 
 1413. 
 
 SECTION II. 
 The conquests enumerated Jos. xii. 
 
 The division of the land to the nine tribes, and 
 a half by lots ; Levites have no land. 
 
 Jos. xiii. 1 — 14.; xiv. 1 — 5. 
 
 Inheritance of Reuben, Gad, and half tribe of 
 
 Manasseh. * Jos. xiii. 15 — 33. 
 
 Caleb's inheritance. 6 Jos. xiv. 6 — 15.; xv. 13 — 19. 
 
 Judah's lot c Jos. xv. 1—12, and 20 — 63. 
 
 Lot of Joseph's children Jos. xvi., xvii. 
 
 The tabernacle set up J Jos. xviii. 1. 
 
 Lots of other tribes. Joshua's inheritance. 
 
 Jos. xviii. 2 — 28. ; xix. 
 
 Cities of refuge, and Levitical cities appointed. 
 
 Jos. xx., xxi. 
 
 Joshua's farewell charge; his death (aged 110), 
 and burial. e Jos. xxiii., xxiv. 
 
 The bones of Joseph buried e Jos. xxiv. 32. 
 
 section in. 
 
 INTERREGNUM FROM THE DEATH OF JOSHUA TO THE 
 APPOINTMENT OF THE JUDGES 20 TEARS. 
 
 State of Israel after Joshua's death ; an angel 
 rebukes them.^ Jud. i., ii. 1 — 5. 
 
 Idolatry introduced. <§" Jud. ii. 6 — 13. ; xvii., xviii. 
 
 Account of the Levite of Ephraim ; slaughter of 
 the Benjamites , h Jud. xix — xxi. 
 
 Place. — a, East of Jordan. 5, Hebron, c, The South, d, Shiloh. 
 e, Shechem. f, Bochirn. g, Ephraim. h, Gibeah. 
 
OP THE BIBLE. 17 
 
 B.C. 
 
 SECTION IV. 
 
 GOVERNMENT OP THE JUDGES. 
 
 General account of the punishment of the Israelites 
 for their idolatry, and for sparing the Canaan- 
 ites. Jud. ii. 14 — 23. ; iii. 1 — 4. 
 
 1405. Captivity of the Eastern Israelites to Mesopotamia 
 (8 years). Othniel, Judge Jud. iii. 5 — 11. 
 
 1343. Captivity to the Moabites (13 years). Ehud, 
 Judge. Jud. iii. 12—30. 
 
 1325. Captivity of the Western Israelites to the Phi- 
 listines. Shamgar, Judge. Jud. iii. 31. 
 
 1285. Northern Israelites to the Canaanites for 20 years. 
 Deborah, Judge. Jud. iv., v. 
 
 1252. Captivity of the Eastern and Northern Israelites to 
 Midian (7 years). Jud. vi. 1 — 6. 
 
 1245. The History of Ruth, an ancestress of the 
 Messiah." Ruth, i. — iv. 
 
 Israelites delivered. Gideon, Judge. 
 
 Jud. vi. 7 — 14; vii., viii. 
 1235. Abimelech's usurpation. Jotham's fable. Jud. ix. 
 1210. Tola and Jair, Judges Jud. x. 1 — 5. 
 
 1187. Philistines and Ammonites oppress Israel (18 
 years). Jephthah, Judge; his rash vow. 
 
 Jud. x. 6 — 18; xi. xii. 1 — 7. 
 
 1175 
 
 TO 
 
 1157. 
 
 Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon, Judges. Jud. xii.. 8 — 15. 
 
 1156. Philistines oppress Israel (40 years). Eli, High 
 Priest. Jud. xiii. 1. 
 
 Samson born. 6 Jud. xiii. 2 — 25. 
 
 Place. — a, Bethlehem, b, Zorah. 
 
IS A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 B. C. 
 
 1155. 
 
 1143. 
 1136. 
 
 1117. 
 
 1116. 
 1096. 
 1095. 
 
 1095. 
 
 Samuel born." Hannah's song. Sin of Eli's sons. 
 
 1 Sam. i., ii. 1 — 21. 
 
 Call of Samuel. 6 1 Sam. iii. 
 
 Samson's marriage. His exploits. 
 
 Jud. xiv., xv. 1 — 19. 
 Eli denounced for the wickedness of his sons. 6 
 
 1 Sam. ii. 22—36. 
 Samson's last exploit. His death. 
 
 Jud. xvi. 1— 31 f. p. ; xv. 20. (xvi. 31 1. p.) 
 Eli's death/ Ark taken. Its subsequent history. 
 
 1 Sam. iv. — vii. 1. 
 Samuel, judge/ Israel repents. Philistines de- 
 feated. 1 Sam. vii. 2 — 17. 
 Samuel's sons, judges." The Israelites ask for a 
 king. 1 Sam. viii. 
 
 PART V. 
 
 (A Period of 120 Years.) 
 
 FROM THE ACCESSION OF SAUL, B. C. 1095, 
 TO THE DEATH OF SOLOMON, B. C. 975. 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 THE REIGN OP SAUL. 
 
 Saul's accession/ 1 Sam. ix., x. 
 
 Nahash comes against Jabesh-Gilead.^ Saul res- 
 cues the city. Samuel's address to Israel. 
 
 1 Sam. xi., xii. 
 
 Place. — a, Ramah. b, Shiloh. c, Philistia. d, Gaza, e, Eben-ezer. 
 f, Mizpeh. g, Gilgal. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 19 
 
 1093. 
 
 1063. 
 
 1062. 
 
 1061. 
 1060. 
 
 1059. 
 
 Saul's victoriesoverthePhilistinesandAmalekites. a 
 His disobedience and rejection. 
 
 1 Sam. xiii. — xv. 
 
 David secretly anointed as the future king. 6 
 
 1 Sam. xvi. 1—13. 
 
 David and Goliath." 
 
 1 Sam. xvii. 1—40, 55 y 56, 41—54, 57, 58, 
 xviii. 1 — 4. See Ps. ix. 
 
 David's victories. His marriage. Saul's melan- 
 choly. His jealousy. Seeks to kill David. 
 1 Sam. xviii. 5 — 9. ; xvi. 14 — 23. ; xviii. 10 — 
 
 30.; xix. 1—3. (Ps. xi.) ; xix. 4 — 17.; 
 
 (Ps. lix.) 
 
 David flees to Samuel/* He also consults Jonathan. 
 1 Sam. xix. 18 — 24.; xx. 
 
 Flees to Ahimelech, then to Achish. e 
 
 1 Sam. xxi. 1 — 15 ; (See Ps. lvi., xxxiv.) 
 
 David flees again/ Joined by several companions. 
 
 1 Sam. xxii. 1. f. p. (See Ps. cxlii.); 1 Sam. 
 
 xxii. 1. 1. p., 2.: (1 Chron. xii. 8—18.); 
 
 2 Sam. xxiii. 13—17. (1 Chron. xi. 15— 
 
 19.) 
 
 David goes to Mizpeh.^ Then to Hareth. Slaughter 
 of the priests by Saul. 
 
 1 Sam. xxii. 3 — 19. See Ps. lii., cix., xvii., 
 cxl., xxxv., lxiv. 
 
 David defeats the Philistines/ 
 
 1 Sam. xxiii. 1. ; xxii. 20 — 23. ; xxiii. 6, 2 — 
 5, 7—12. See Ps. xxxi. 
 
 Saul pursues David/' 
 
 1 Sam. xxiii. 13—23. (See Ps. liv.) ; 1 Sam. 
 xxiii. 24—28. 
 
 Place. — a, Gilgal. b, Bethlehem, c, Ephes-dammim. d, jSTaioth. e, Nob 
 and Gath. /, Cave of Adullara. g, Nob. h, Keiiah. i, Ziph and Maon. 
 
 c 2 
 
20 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 1058. 
 
 1057. 
 
 1056. 
 
 1055. 
 
 David spares Saul's life." 
 
 1 Sam. xxiii. 29. ; xxiy. ; See Ps. lvii., lviii., 
 lxiii. 
 
 Death of Samuel. 6 Affair between David and 
 Nabal. 1 Sam. xxv. 
 
 David again spares Saul's life. c 1 Sam. xxvi. 
 
 David goes to Gath. ... 1 Sam. xxvii. 1.; Ps. cxli. 
 
 Abodes at Ziklag 1 Sam. xxvii. 2 — 7. 
 
 Some of his followers resort to him. 
 
 1 Chron. xii. 1 — 7. 
 
 Makes predatory invasions. ...1 Sam. xxvii. 8 — 12. 
 
 Philistines prepare for war. d Saul consults a 
 witch. 1 Sam. xxviii. 
 
 David dismissed from the army- of the Philistines. 
 1 Sam.xxix. (1 Chron. xii. 19—22.) 
 
 Defeats the Amalekites 1 Sam. xxx. 
 
 Saul defeated and slain with Jonathans 
 
 1 Sam. xxxi. 1—13. (1 Chron. x. 1—12.) 
 1 Chron. x. 13, 14. 
 
 An Amalekite pretends to have slain Saul/ Is 
 put to death. 2 Sam. i. 1 — 16. 
 
 David's lament over Saul and Jonathan. 
 
 2 Sam. i. 17—27. 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 THE REIGX OF DAVID. 
 
 David acknowledged king of Judah.= 
 
 2 Sam. ii. 1 — 7. 
 
 Ishbosheth proclaimed king of Israeli 
 
 2 Sam. ii. 8—11. 
 
 Place. — a, Engedi. b, Paran. c, Ziph. d, Endor. e, Gilboa. /, ZiHag. 
 g, Hebron, h, Mahanaiin. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 21 
 
 1053. 
 1048. 
 
 1047. 
 
 1045. 
 
 1044. 
 
 1040. 
 
 1038-6 
 
 1035. 
 
 Civil war. Ishbosheth and Abner slain. 
 
 2 Sam. ii. 12—32 ; iii., iv. 
 
 David anointed over all Israel.* His troops. 
 2 Sam. v. 1—3. (1 Chron. xi. 1—3.). 1 Chron. 
 xiii. 1 — 4. (See Ps. cxxxix.) 1 Chron. xii. 
 23—40. 2 Sam. xxiii. 8—12. (1 Chron. xi. 
 10—14.) 2 Sam. xxiii. 18— 39. (IChron.xi. 
 20—41.) 1 Chron. xi. 41—47. 2 Sam. v. 4, 
 5. 2 Sam. v. 6—10. (1 Chron. xi. 4—9.) 
 
 Hiram's kindness. 6 David defeats the Philistines. 
 2 Sam. v. 11—25. (1 Chron. xiv. 1—16.) 
 
 1 Chron. xiv. 17. 
 
 David removes the Ark from Kirjathjearim. c 
 2 Sam. vi. 1—11. (1 Chron. xiii. 5—14.) 
 [read Ps. lxviii.j 2 Sam. vi. 12. 1 Chron. 
 xv. 1 — 24. [read Ps. cxxxii.] 2 Sam. vi. 
 12—16. (1 Chron. xvi. 1—3.) 1 Chron. xvi. 
 4 — 36. [read Ps. cv., xcvi., cvi.l 1 Chron. 
 xvi. 37— 42. 2 Sam. vi. p. 19., p. 20. (1 Chron. 
 xvi. 43.) 2 Sam. vi. 20—23. 
 
 David forbidden to build the Temple. 
 
 2 Sam. vii. (1 Chron. xvii.) read Ps. ii., xiv., 
 xxii., xvi., cxviii., ex. 
 
 David smites the Philistines, Moabites, Syrians, 
 and Edomites. 
 
 2 Sam. viii. (1 Chron. xviii.) See Ps.lx., cviii. 
 
 Shows kindness to Saul's house 2 Sam. lx. 
 
 Victory over the Ammonites, and their allies the 
 Syrians.^ 
 
 2 Sam. x. (1 Chron. xix.) Ps. xx., xxi. 
 
 Rabbah besieged. David's adultery and murder. e 
 2 Sam. xi. 1. (1 Chron. xx. 1. f. p.) 2 Sam. 
 xi. 2—27. ; xii. 1—23. [See Ps. Ii., xxxii. ; 
 
 Place. — a, Hebron and Jerusalem, b, Eephaim. c, House of Obed-edom, 
 Jerusalem, d, Medeba and Helam. e, Jerusalem. 
 
 C 3 
 
22 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 1032. 
 
 1027 
 
 to 
 
 1023. 
 
 xxxiii., ciii.] 2 Sam. xii. 26. (1 Chron. 
 xx. 1, 1. p.) 2 Sam. xii. 30, 31. rl Chron. 
 xx. 2, 3.) 
 
 Amnon's incest. Solomon born. Absalom slays 
 Amnon. Absalom's flight. 
 
 2 Sam. xiii. 1—20.; xii. 24, 25.; xiii. 21—39. 
 
 Absalom's return and revolt. David's flight and 
 return.' 1 
 
 2 Sam. xiv. 1—7, 15—17, 8—14, 18—23.; 
 xv. 1—29.; [Ps. iii.]; 2 Sam. xv. 30—37.; 
 xvi. 1 — 14. [Ps. vii.J; 2 Sam. xvi. 15 — 
 23.; xvii. [Ps. xiii., xliii., lv., iv., v., lxii., 
 cxliii., cxliv., lxx., Ixxi.] ; 2 Sam. xviii., 
 xix., xx. 3. 
 
 Sheba's revolt. 6 2 Sam. xx. 1, 2. 4—26. 
 
 Three years' famine 2 Sam. xxi. 1 — 14. 
 
 Last war with the Philistines. 
 
 2 Sam. xxi. 15—17 ; 18—22. (1 Chron. xx. 
 4—8.) 2 Sam. xxii. 1. [Ps. xviii. 1.] 2 Sam. 
 xxii. 2—51. (Ps. xviii. 2—50.). 
 
 David numbers Israel. The plague. 
 
 2 Sam. xxiv. 1 — 4. (1 Chron. xxi. 1 — 4.); 
 2 Sam. xxiv. 5 — 8. 2 Sam. xxiv. 9. 
 (1 Chron. xxi. 5.) 1 Chron. xxvii. 23, 24. 
 xxi. 6, 7. 2 Sam. xxiv. 10—25. (1 Chron. 
 xxi. 8—27.) 1 Chron. xxi. 28—30. [Ps. 
 
 XXX.] 
 
 David prepares for the building of the Temple.* 
 
 1 Chron. xxii. 
 
 Rebellion of Adonijah.* Solomon proclaimed 
 David's successor. 1 Kings, i. 
 
 David makes arrangement for the Temple service.* 
 1 Chron. xxiii. — xxvii. 1 — 22. 25 — 34. 
 
 1022. 
 1021. 
 1019. 
 
 1017. 
 
 1015. 
 
 Place.- 
 
 i, Hebron, Jerusalem, and Mahanaim. b, Abel. c, Dan to 
 Beer-sheba. d, Jerusalem. 
 
OP THE BIBLE. 23 
 
 1015. David calls a solemn assembly. Charges Solomon. 
 Exhorts the people to the work of the Temple. 
 Their offerings. David's thankgiving. Solomon 
 acknowledged king. 
 
 1 Chron. xxviii. xxix. 1 — 25. [Ps. Ixxii. xci. 
 cxlv.] 
 
 David's final charge to Solomon.** His last words 
 and death. 
 
 1 Kings, ii. 1 — 7.; 2 Sam. xxiii. 1 — 7.; 
 1 Chron. xxix. 26—30; 1 Kings, ii. 10, 11. 
 
 Psalms of David. The date and occasion of their 
 composition unknown. 
 
 Ps. vi., viii., xii., xix., xxiii., xxiv., xxviii., 
 xxix., xxxviii., xxxix., xl., xli., lxi., lxv., 
 lxix., Ixxviii., lxxxvi., xcv., ci., civ., cxx., 
 cxxi., cxxii., cxxiv., cxxxi., cxxxiii. 
 
 SECTION III. 
 
 REIGN OF SOLOMON. 
 
 1015. Solomon's accession." 1 Chron. xxix. 28. 
 
 His wisdom. His vision. 6 
 
 1 Kings, ii. 12. (2 Chron. i. 1.) 2 Chron. i. 
 2—5. 1 Kings, iii. 4. (2 Chron. i. 6.) 
 1 Kings, iii. 5—12. (2 Chron. i. 7— 
 12.) 1 Kings, iii. 13, 14. 1 Kings, iii. 
 15. (2 Chron. i. 13.) 1 Kings, iii. 16—28. 
 
 1014. Adonijah and Joab executed." Abiathar deposed. 
 
 1 Kings, ii. 13—38. 
 
 Prepares to build the Temple. 
 
 2 Chron. ii. 1, 2. 1 Kings, v. 1. 1 Kings, 
 v. 2—18. (2 Chron. ii. 3—18.) 
 
 1011. Shimei executed." Solomon's marriage. 
 
 1 Kings, ii. 39—46.; iii. 1—3. 
 
 Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, Gibeon. 
 
 C 4 
 
24 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 SECTION IV. 
 
 B.C. 
 
 Building of the Temple." 
 1011 1 Kings, vi. 1—3. (2 Chron. iii. 1—4.) 2 Chron. 
 
 iii. 5—9. 1 Kings, vi. 4—8. 15—22. ; 23. 28. 
 
 TO 
 
 (2 Chron. iii. 10—14.) 1 Kings, vi. 29— 
 36.; vii. 13, 14, 15—22. (2 Chron. iii. 15— 
 17.) 2 Chron. iv. i. 1 Kings, vii. 23—26. 
 (2 Chron. iv. 2—5.) 1 Kings, vii. 27—37, 
 38, 39. (2 Chron. iv. 6—10.) 2 Chron. iv. 
 7—9. 1 Kings, vii. 40—50. (2 Chron. iv. 
 11—22.) 1 Kings, vi. 9-14. 37, 38. ; vii. 
 51. (2 Chron. v. i.) 
 
 1004. The dedication of the Temple. 
 
 1 Kings, viii. 1—10. (2 Chron. v. 2—11.) 
 2 Chron. v. 11— 13. 1 Kinsrs, viii. 10, 11. 
 (2 Chron. v. 13, 14.) 1 Kings, viii. 62—64. 
 (2 Chron. vii. 4 — 7.) 1 Kings, viii. 12 — 50. 
 (2 Chron. vi. 1—39.) 1 Kings, viii. 50. 53. 
 2 Chron. vi. 40—42. 1 Kings, viii. 54 — 61. 
 2 Chron. vii. 1—3. 1 Kings, viii. 65, 66. 
 (2 Chron. vii. 8—10.) [Ps. xlvii. xcvii. 
 xcviii., xcix v c., cxxxv., cxxxvi.] 
 
 1001. Solomon's other buildings. His vision. 
 
 1 Kings, vii. 1—12. ; ix. 1—9. (2 Chron. vii. 
 11—22.) 
 
 Solomon's possessions and conquests. 6 His Temple 
 services. 
 
 1 Kings, ix. 10—14. 1 Kings, ix. 15 — 23. 
 (2 Chron. viii. 1—10.) 1 Kings, ix. 25. 
 (2 Chron. viii. 12—16.) 
 
 Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, Tadmor, &c. 
 
 
OP THE BIBLE. 25 
 
 SECTION V. 
 
 1000. Solomon brings Pharaoh's daughter home to the 
 new palace.* His song upon, probably, that 
 occasion. 
 
 1 Kings, ix. 24. (2 Chron. viii. 11.); Cant, 
 i — viii. 
 
 Solomon's greatness. 
 
 1 Kings, iv. 1—20.; 21. (2 Chron. ix. 26.); 
 1 Kings, iv. 22—25.; 26. (2 Chron. ix. 
 25.); 1 Kings, iv. 27, 28. ; x. 26. (2 Chron. 
 i. 14.); 1 Kings, ix. 26—28. (2 Chron. 
 viii. 17, 18.); 1 Kings, x, 14—25. (2 Chron. 
 ix. 13—21. 24.); 1 Kings, x. 27—29. 
 (2 Chron. i. 15— 17; ix. 27, 28.) 
 
 Solomon's wisdom. 
 
 1 Kings, iv. 29. ; iv. 30, 31. (2 Chron. ix. 22.) 
 1 Kings, iv. 32, 33. Prov. i — xxxi. 
 
 990. Solomon's fame. Visit of the Queen of Sheba. a 
 
 1 Kings, iv. 34. (2 Chron. ix. 23.) ; 1 Kings, 
 x. 1—13. (2 Chron. ix. 1—12.) 
 
 980 Solomon's sin. Hadad, Rezon, and Jeroboam 
 qY^j raised up against him. The destruction of his 
 
 kingdom predicted by the prophet Ahijah. 
 
 1 Kings, xi. 1 — 40. [Eccl. i — xii.l 
 
 975. Solomon's death and burial. 
 
 1 Kings, xi. 41—43. (2 Chron. ix. 29—31.) 
 
 Place.— a, Jerusalem. 
 
26 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 - 
 
 PAKT 
 
 (A Period of 
 FROM THE ACCESSION OF REHOBOAM, B. C. 975, 
 
 SECTION 
 
 HISTORY OF THE KINGDOMS 
 
 1. The accession of Kehoboam. The revolt of the ten 
 and Benjamin, remaining faithful to Kehoboam, form 
 
 B.C. 
 
 975. 
 
 974. 
 
 973. 
 972. 
 970. 
 
 958. 
 
 958. 
 957. 
 
 JlTDAH. 
 
 2. Kehoboam, king (17 years). 
 
 2 Kings, xiv. 21. (2 Chron, xii. 13.) 
 
 4. Kehoboam prepares to attack the ten tribes: for- 
 bidden by Shemaiah. 
 
 1 Kings, xii. 21—24. (2 Chron. xi. 1—4.) 
 
 6. Kehoboam's kingdom and family. 
 
 2 Chron. xi. 5—23.) 
 
 7. The kings and the nations. 
 
 1 Kings, xiv. 22—24. (2 Chron. xii. 1.) 
 
 8. Shishak plunders Jerusalem. 
 
 1 Kings, xiv. 25—28. (2 Chron. xii. 2—12.) 
 
 9. Keign and death of Kehoboam. 
 
 1 Kings, xiv. 21 . (2 Chron. xii. 13.) ; 2 Chron. xii. 
 14; 1 Kings, xiv. 29— 31. (2 Chron. xii. 15, 16.) 
 
 10. Abijah, king (3 years). 
 
 1 Kings, xv. 1, 2. 6. ; (2 Chron. xiii. 1, 2.) 
 
 11. Defeats Jeroboam 2 Chron. xiii. 3 — 21. 
 
 The figures in the margin show the order 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 27 
 
 VI. 
 
 369 Years.) 
 TO THE BEGINNING OF THE CAPTIVITY, B.C. 606. 
 
 I. 
 
 OP JUDAH AND ISRAEL. 
 
 tribes to Jeroboam, forming the Kingdom of Israel. Judah. 
 the Kingdom of Judah. IKings, xii. 1 — 19. (2 Chron. x.) 
 
 Israel. 
 3. Jeroboham, king (22 years)... 1 Kings, xii. 20. 
 
 5. Jeroboam sets up golden calves at Dan and 
 Bethel ; reproved by a man of God ; the.reprover 
 afterwards slain. 1 Kings, xii. 25 — 33. ; xiii. 
 
 B.C. 
 
 975. 
 
 974. 
 
 in which, the subjects should be read. 
 
28 
 
 A POPULAR HAEMONY 
 
 JlJDAH. 
 
 955. 13. Abijah's character and death. Asa, king 
 (41 years). 
 1 Kings, xv. 3 — 5. ; 1 Kings, xv. 7, 8. (2 Chron. 
 xiii. 22. xiv. 1.) ; 1 Kings, xv. 9, 10. 
 
 951. 16. Asa destroys idolatry and strengthens his 
 kingdom. 
 1 Kings, xv. 11. (2 Chron. xiv. 2.); 2 Chron. 
 xiv. 3. ; 1 Kings, xv. 12. ; 1 Kings, xv. 13. 
 (2 Chron. xv. 16.) ; 2 Chron. xiv. 4, 5. ; 1 
 Kings, xv. 14, 15. (2 Chron. xv. 17, 18.) 
 2 Chron. xiv. 6—8. 
 
 44. 17. Asa's victory over the Ethiopians. 
 
 2 Chron. xiv. 9 — 15. 
 
 41. 18. Asa's covenant with God. 
 
 2 Chron. xv. 1— 15, 19. 
 
 940. 19. Leagueswith the king of Syria against Baasha ; 
 reproved by Hanani. 
 
 1 Kings, xv. 16—22.*; 2 Chron. xvi. 7—10. 
 [* See also 2 Chron. xvi. 1—6.] 
 
OF TIIE BIBLE. 29 
 
 Israel. 
 
 12. Jeroboam and Israel denounced by Alrijah. 
 
 1 Kings, xiv. 1 — 18. 
 
 14. Jeroboam's death 1 Kings, xiv. 19, 20. 
 
 Nadab, king (2 years).... 1 Kings, xv. 25, 26. 
 
 Baasha, king (24 years). 
 
 1 Kings, xv. 27—34. 
 
 20. Baasha attacked by the king of Syria. 
 
 2 Chron. xvi. 1 — 6. 
 
 21. Baasha denounced by Jehu ; his death. 
 Elah, king (2 years). 1 Kings, xvi. 1 — 8. 
 
 22. Elah slain. Zimri king (7 days) ; destroys 
 Baasha's house ; Omri elected by the army ; 
 Zimri's death. 1 Kings, xvi. 9 — 20. 
 
 23. Omri, king (12 years) ; civil war. 
 
 1 Kings, xvi. 21—26. 
 
 24. Omri dies ; Ahab, king (22 years) ; Jericho 
 rebuilt. 1 Kings, xvi. 27 — 34. 
 
30 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 JUDAH. 
 
 25. Asa dies ; Jehoshaphat, king ; his piety and 
 prosperity. 
 
 1 Kings, xv. 23,24. (2 Chron. xvi. 11—14. ; 
 xvii. 1.) ; 1 Kings, xxii. 41 — 43. (2 Chron. 
 xx. 31—33.); 1 Kings, xxii. 44, 46, 47.; 
 2 Chron. xvii. 2—19. 
 
 914 
 
 to 
 
 912. 
 
 897. 29. Jehoshaphat joins Ahab against the Syrians. 
 
 2 Chron. xviii.* 
 [* See also 1 Kings, xxii. 1 — 35.] 
 
 896. 31. Jehoshaphat reproved. His good government. 
 
 2 Chron. xix. [Ps. lxxxii.l 
 
 32. Victory over the Moabites, Ammonites and 
 Syrians. Chron. xx. 1 — 30. [Ps. cxv. ; xlvi.] 
 
 33. He joins Ahaziah to send ships to Tharshish. 
 2 Kings, xxii. 48, 49. (2 Chron. xx.35— 37.) 
 
 92. 40. Jehoram begins to reign in consort with 
 Jehoshaphat. 2 Kings, viii. 16. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 31 
 
 Israel. 
 
 26. Elijah's history 1 Kings, xvii — xix. 
 
 27. Syrians' defeat 1 Kings,xx. 
 
 28. Ahab takes Naboth's vineyard... 1 Kings, xxi. 
 
 30. Ahab slain at Ramoth-Gilead. 
 
 1 Kings, xxii. 1 — 35. (36—40.) 
 
 Ahaziah, king (2 years). 1 Kings, xxii. 51 — 53. 
 
 34. Ahaziah's sickness and death 2 Kings, i. 
 
 Jehoram, king (12 years)... .2 Kings, iii. 1 — 5. 
 
 35. Elijah translated 2 Kings, ii. 
 
 36. Jehoram, joined by Jehoshaphat, defeats the 
 Moabites. 2 Kings, iii. 6—27. 
 
 37. Elisha multiplies the widow's oil ; promises 
 a son to the Shunamite. 2 Kings, iv. 1 — 17. 
 
 38. Naaman healed 2 Kings, v. 
 
 39. Elisha's miracles 2 Kings, vi. 1—23. 
 
 41. Siege of Samaria.. ..2 Kings, vi. 24—33. ; vii. 
 
 42. Elisha raises to life the Shunamite's son ; other 
 miracles. 2 Kings, iv. 18 — 44. ; viii. 1, 2. 
 
32 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 JUDAH. 
 
 889 43. Death of Jehoshaphat ; Jehoram, king 
 g*% (8 years) ; his evil reign. 
 
 1 Kings, xxii. 45. (2 Chron. xx. 34.); 1 Kings, 
 xxii. 50. (2 Chron. xxi. 1.) ; 2 Chron. xxi. 2 
 —4.; 2 Kings, viii. 17 — 19. (2 Chron. xxi. 
 5—7.) ; 2 Chron. xxi. 11—15.; 2 Kings, 
 viii. 20—22. (2 Chron. xxi. 8—10.) ; 2 
 Chron. xxi. 16. 18. 
 
 886. 44. Ahaziah begins to reign as viceroy to his 
 father. 1 Kings, ix. 29. 
 
 885. 45. Death of Jehoram; Ahaziah, king (1 year); 
 his evil reign. 
 
 2 Kings, viii. 23, 24. (2 Chron. xxi. 19, 20.) ; 
 2 Kings, viii. 25—27. (2 Chron. xxii. 1—4.) 
 
 884. 47. Ahaziah joins Jehoram against Hazael ; their 
 meeting at Jezreel. 
 
 2 Kings, viii. 28, 29. (2 Chron. xxii. 5, 6.) 
 
 49. Ahaziah slain by Jehu at Jezreel. 
 
 2 Chron. xxii. 7—9.* 
 
 [* See also 2 Kings, ix. 14—28.] 
 
 51. Athaliah, queen (6 years) ; Joash. the son 
 of Ahaziah, rescued. 
 
 2 Kings, xi. 1—3. (2 Chron. xxii. 10—12.) 
 
 53. Athaliah slain. Joash is produced; king 
 (40 years). 
 
 2 Kings, 4—20. (2 Chron. xxiii.) ; 2 Kings, 
 xi. 21., xii. 1, 2. (2 Chron. xxiv. 1, 2.) ; 2 
 Kings, xi. 3.; 2 Chron. xxiv. 3. 
 
 856. 56. Joash repairs the Temple. 
 
 2 Kings, xii. 4—16 (2 Chron. xxiv. 4 — 14.) 
 
 842. 59. Death of Jehoiada 2 Chron. xxiv. 15, 16. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 33 
 
 Israel. 
 
 46. The Shunaniite returns. Hazael's conspiracy. 
 
 2 Kings, viii. 3 — 15. 
 
 48. Jehu anointed 2 Kings, ix. 1 — 13. 
 
 50. Jehoram slain by Jehu at Jezreel. 
 
 2 Kings, ix. 14—28. 
 
 52. Jehu, king (28 years) ; slays Jezebel, Ahab's 
 sons, Ahaziah's brethren, and the worshippers 
 of Baal. 2 Kings, ix. 30—37. ; x. 1—31. 
 
 54. Jonah sent to Nineveh Jon. i — iv. 
 
 55. Hazael oppresses Israel 2 Kings, x. 32, 33. 
 
 57. Death of Jehu 2 Kings, x. 34—36. 
 
 Jehoahaz, king (17 years). 2 Kings, xiii. 1, 2. 
 
 58. Israel given over to Hazael and Benhadad. 
 
 2 Kings, xiii. 3. 
 60. Israel delivered 2 Kings, xiii. 4 — 7. 
 
 D 
 
34 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 JUDAH. 
 
 B. C. 
 
 840. 62. Judgments upon Joash for idolatry (Ze- 
 chariah, the priest, reproves the people ; is 
 stoned). 
 
 2 Kings, xii. 17, 18. ; 2 Cliron. xxiv. 17—24. 
 
 63. Joash slain by his servants. Amaziah, 
 king (29 years). 
 
 2 Kings, xii. 19—21. (2 Cliron. xxiv. 25— 
 27.) ; 2 Kings, xiv. 1—6. (2 Chron. xxv. 
 1-4.) 
 
 127. 66. Victory over the Edomites. 
 
 2 Chron. xxv. 5—10. ; 2 Kings, xiv. 7. (2 
 Chron. xxv. 11.); 2 Chron. xxv. 12—16. 
 
 826. 67. Amaziah fights against Israel. 
 
 2 Ki. xiv. 8—14.* 
 
 [* See also 2 Chron. xxv. 17—24.] 
 
 810. 71. Amaziah dies. Uzziah, king (52 years) ; 
 his kingdom strengthened. 
 
 2 Kings, xiv. 17—20. (2 Chron. xxv. 25— 
 28.) 2 Kings, xiv. 21, 22. (2 Chron. xxvi. 
 1, 2.) ; 2 Kings, xv. 1. ; 2 Kings, xv. 2, 
 3. (2 Chron. xxvi. 3, 4.) ; 2 Kings, xv. 
 4. ; 2 Chron. xxvi. 5 — 15. 
 
 787. 74. Uzziah increases his army; Joel predicts 
 Judah's overthrow. Joel, i — iii. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 35 
 
 Israel. 
 
 61. Jehoash begins to reign in consort with 
 Jehoakaz. 2 Kings, xiii. 10. 
 
 64. Death of Jehoahaz. Jehoash or Joash, king 
 (16 years) ; visits Elisha ; Hazael dies. 
 
 2 Kings, xiii. 8, 9, 11, 14-19, 22—24. 
 
 65. Elisha dies ; conquests of Jehoash. 
 
 2 Kings, xiii. 20, 21, 25. 
 
 68. Jehoash defeats Amaziah. 
 
 2 Chron. xxv. 17—24. 
 
 69. Jehoash dies. Jeroboam II., king (41 years). 
 
 2 Kings, xiii. 12, 13., xiv. 15, 16 ; 23, 24. 
 
 70. He restores the coasts of Israel. 
 
 2 Kings, xiv. 25—27. 
 
 72. Hosea's first appeal to the ten tribes. 
 
 Hos. i — iii. 
 
 73. Judah, Israel, and the surrounding nations 
 denounced by the Prophet Amos. i — ix. 
 
 75. Jeroboam dies ..2 Kings, xiv. 28, 29. 
 
 ■d 2 
 
36 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 
 JUDAH. 
 
 B. C. 
 
 765. 
 
 81. Uzziah struck with leprosy ; Jotham, regent. 
 2 Chron. xxv. 16 — 19. ; 2 Kings, xv. 5. ; 
 (2 Chron. xxvi. 20, 21.) 
 
 758. 
 
 84. Isaiah begins to prophesy. Isa. i. 1. ; vi. ii — v. 
 
 
 85. Uzziah dies. Jotham, king (16 years). 
 
 2 Kings, xv. 6, 7. (2 Chron. xxvi. 22, 23.) ; 
 2 Kings, xv. 32. ; xv. 33—35. (2 Chron. 
 xxvii. 1, 2.) ; 2 Kings, xv. 35. (2 Chron. 
 xxvii. 3.) ; 2 Chron. xxvii. 3 — 6. 
 
 
 86. Micah reproves Judah ,...Mic. i, ii. 
 
 742. 
 
 87. Syria begins to afflict Judah and Israel. 
 Jotham dies. 
 
 2 Kings, xv. 36. (2 Chron. xxvii. 7.) ; 2 Chron. 
 xxvii. 8. ; 2 Kings, xv. 37. ; xv. 38. (2 
 
 
 Chron. xxvii. 9.) 
 
 
 88. Ahaz, king (16 years). 
 
 2 Kings, xvi. 1. ; xvi. 2 — 4. (2 Chron. 
 xxviii. 1 — 4.) 
 
 
 89. Invasion of Pekah and Eezin. Isaiah pro- 
 phesies. 2 Kings, xvi. 5. ; Isa. vii — x. 1 — 4. 
 
 
 90. Isaiah predicts the ruin of Damascus, and the 
 ten tribes. Isa. xvii. 
 
 741. 
 
 91. Judah harassed by Pekah. 
 
 2 Chron. xxviii. 5 — 1 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 37 
 
 Israel. 
 
 76. Interregnum (11 years); the state of the 
 kingdom during that time. Hos. iv. 
 
 77. Zachariah, king (6 mo.) 2 Kings, xv. 8 — 12. 
 
 78. Shallum, king (1 mo.) 2 Kings, xv. 13 — 15. 
 
 79. Menahem, king (10 years). 2 Kings, xv. 16 — 
 18. 
 
 80. King of Assyria (Pul), comes up against 
 Israel 2 Kings, xv. 19, 20. 
 
 82. Menahem dies. Pekahiah, king (2 years). 
 
 2 Kings, xv. 21—24. 
 
 83. Pekahiah dies. Pekah, king (20 years). 
 
 2 Kings, xv. 25—28. 
 
 D 3 
 
A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 B. C. 
 
 740. 
 
 739. 
 
 726. 
 
 JUDAH. 
 
 92. Ahaz invites alliance with Tiglath-Pileser ; 
 Isaiah and Obadiah prophesy. 
 
 2 Kings, xvi. 6. ; xvi: 7, 8. (2 Chron. 
 xxviii. 16, 21.) ; 2 Chron. xxviii. 17 — 19. ; 
 [Isa. i. 2—31. See Obadiah] ; 2 Kings, xvi. 
 9. (2 Chron. xxviii. 20.) 
 
 94. Ahaz's sacrilege. 
 
 2 Chron. xxviii. 22. ; 2 Kings, xvi. 10—18. 
 (2 Chron. xxviii. 23 — 25.) ; Hos. v, vi. 
 
 97. Ahaz dies. 
 2 Kings, xvi. 19, 20. (2 Chron. xxviii. 26, 
 
 27.); Isa. xiv. 28—32. 
 
 98. Hezekiah, king (29 years). 
 2 Kings, xviii. 1. ; xviii. 2. (2 Chron. 
 
 xxix. 1.) 
 
 99. Hezekiah's Reformation ; the Passover cele- 
 brated. 
 
 2 Kings, xviii. 3. (2 Chron. xxix. 2.) ; 
 2 Kings, xviii. 4 — 6. ; 2 Chron. xxix. 3 — . 
 36. ; xxx, xxxi. 
 
 100. Moab denounced Isa. xv, xvi. 
 
 725. 101. Micah supports Hezekiah's reformation. 
 
 Mic. iii — vii. 
 
 723. 103. Hezekiah's prosperity.... 2 Kings, xviii. 7, 8. 
 
 721. 105. Restoration of Israel predicted ; punishment 
 of Egypt ; conversion of Egypt and Assyria. 
 
 Isa. xviii, xix. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 39 
 
 Israel. 
 
 93. Tiglath-Pileser takes several of the Israelites 
 captives. 2 Kings, xv. 29. 
 
 95. Pekah slain by Hoshea...2 Kings, xv. 30, 31. 
 
 {Anarchy nine years.) 
 
 96. Hosea, king (9 years) 2 Kings, xvii. 1, 2. 
 
 102. Shalmaneser imprisons Hosea. Captivity 
 of the ten tribes predicted. 
 
 2 Kings, xvii. 3, 4. ; Hos. vii — xiv. 
 
 104. Shalmaneser besieges Samaria. 
 
 2 Kings, xvii. 5. ; xviii. 9. 
 
 106. The ten tribes carried into captivity. 
 2 Kings, xvii. 6—23. ; xviii. 10—12. 
 
 L> 4 
 
40 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 B.C. 
 
 720. 
 715. 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 HISTORY OF JUDAH ALONE. 
 
 Nineveh's destruction foretold Nah. i — iii. 
 
 Tyre's overthrow predicted Isa. xxiii. 
 
 Invasion by Assyria foretold. 
 
 Isa. x. 5 — 34. ; xi, xii, xiii, xiv. 1 — 27. 
 714. Desolation and recovery of Judea predicted. 
 
 Isa. xxiv — xxvii. 
 713. Sennacherib's first invasion." Isaiah prophesies 
 before and after. 
 
 [Isa. xxii. 1 — 14.; xxi.] 2 Kings, xviii. 13. 
 (2 Chron. xxxii. 1. Isa. xxxvi.); 2 Chron. 
 xxxiii. 2 — 8.; 2 Kings, xviii. 14 — 16. [Isa. 
 xx, xxix — xxxi.] 
 Hezekiah's sickness." His song. Isaiah prophesies. 
 2 Kings, xx. 1 — 6. (2 Chron. xxxii. 24. ; Isa. 
 xxxviii. 1 — 6.); 2 Kings, xx. 8. (Isa. xxxviii. 
 2.); 2 Kings, xx. 9 — 11. (Isa. xxxviii. 7, 8.); 
 2 Kings, xx. 7. (Isa. xxxviii. 21.); Isa. xxxviii. 
 9 — 20. [Isa. xxxii — xxxv.J 
 12. Hezekiah's pride during the visit of Merodach- 
 baladan's (the king of Babylon) Ambassadors. 6 
 2 Kings, xx. 12 — 19. (Isa. xxxix.); 2 Chron. 
 xxxii. 25, 26. 
 
 710. Sennacherib's second invasion." His army de- 
 stroyed. 
 
 2 "Kings, xviii. 17—37. (Isa. xxxvi. 2—22. ; 
 2 Chron. xxxii. 9 — 21.) ; 2 Kings, xix. 1 — 
 7. (Isa. xxxvii. 1 — 7.) [Ps. xliv.] 2 Kings, 
 xix. 8—19. (Isa. xxxvii. 8—20.) [Ps. 
 lxxiii.] 2 Kings, xix. 20 — 35. (Isa. xxxvii. 
 21—36.) [Ps.lxxv, Ixxvi.]; 2 Kings, xix. 
 36, 37. (Isa. xxxvii. 37, 38.); 2 Chron. 
 xxxii. 22, 23. 
 
 Place. — a, Judea. b, Jerusalem. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 41 
 
 710. Divers prophecies of Isaiah Isa. xl — Ixvi. 
 
 Hezekiah dies. 68 Manasseh, king. His impiety. 
 2 Chron. xxxii. 27—31. ; 2 Kings, xx. 20, 21. 
 (2 Chron. xxxii. 32, 33.) ; 2 Kings, xxi. 1— 
 ]0. (2 Chron. xxxiii. 1—10.) ; 2 Kings, xxi. 
 11 — 15. ; 2 Chron. xxxiii. 10. ; 2 Kings, xxi. 
 16. 
 
 Captivity of Shebna predicted... Isa. xxii. 15 — 25. 
 
 678. The nation being transplanted in Samaria, 6 are 
 plagued with lions, and make a mixture of re- 
 ligion. 2 Kings, xvii. 24 — 41. 
 
 677. Captivity of Manasseh. He turns to God and is 
 restored. 2 Chron. xxxiii. 11 — 17. 
 
 643. Manasseh dies. Amon, king (2 years). His im- 
 piety. 2 Kings, xxi. 17. (2 Chron. xxxiii. 18.) 
 2 Chron. xxxiii. 19. ; 2 Kings, xxi. 18—22. 
 (2 Chron. xxxiii. 20—22.) 2 Chron. xxxiii. 
 23. 
 
 641. Amon dies." Josiah, king (31 years). 2 Kings, 
 xxi. 23, 24. (2 Chron. xxxiii. 24, 25.) ; 2 Kings, 
 xxi. 25, 26.; xxii. 1. (2 Chron. xxxiv. 1.); 
 2 Kings, xxii. 1. ; xxii. 2. (2 Chron. xxxiv. 2.) 
 
 634. Josiah destroys idolatry."... 2 Chron. xxxiv. 3 — 7. 
 
 629. Jeremiah expostulates with the Jews." 
 
 Jer. i — iii. 1 — 5. 
 
 624. Josiah's Reformation of Keligion." 
 
 2 Kings, xxii. 3—20. (2 Chron. xxxiv. 8—28.); 
 2 Kings, xxiii. 1 — 3. (2 Chron. xxxiv. 29 — 
 32.); 2 Kings, xxiii. 4 — 20. ; 2 Chron. xxxiv. 
 33. 
 
 Zephaniah persuades to repentance." 
 
 Zeph. i — iii. 
 
 Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, from Assyria, c, Babylon. 
 
42 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 B. C. 
 
 623. Celebration of the Passover." 
 
 2 Kings, xxiii. 21—23, (2 Chron. xxxv. 1 — 
 19.); 2 Kings, xxiii. 24—27. 
 
 612. Jeremiah reproves the baekslidings of the people." 
 Bewails the coming captivity. 
 
 Jer. iii. 6 — 25. ; iv — vi. 
 
 Habakkuk foretells of Judgment." . .. Hab. i — iii. 
 
 Jeremiah exhorts, &c. a Jer. vii — xii. 
 
 610. Josiah dies. 6 Jehoahaz, king (3 months). 
 
 2 Kings, xxiii. 29, 30. (2 Chron. xxxv. 20— 
 24.); 2 Chron. xxxv. 24, 25.; 2 Kings, xxiii. 
 28. (2 Chron. xxxv. 26, 27.); 2 Kings, xxiii. 
 30, 31. (2 Chron. xxxvi. 1, 2.) ; 2 Kings, xxiii. 
 32. 
 
 Jehoahaz deposed by Pharaoh-necho. c Jehoiakim:, 
 king (11 years). 
 
 2 Kings, xxiii. 33, 34. (2 Chron. xxxvi. 3, 
 4.); 2 Kings, xxiii. 35.; xxiii. 36, 37. 
 (2 Chron. xxxvi. 5.) 
 
 609. Jeremiah predicts of, and appeals to the Jews, re- 
 specting the captivity and destruction of Jeru- 
 salem. 6 * Predicts the fall of Pashur, Shallum, 
 and Jehoiakim. 
 
 Jer. xiii — xix. ; xx. ; xxii. 1 — 23. 
 
 608. Jeremiah apprehended and arraigned : his con- 
 duct." Jer. xxvi. 
 
 606. Jeremiah predicts the overthrow of Pharaoh- 
 necho's army." Jer. xlvi. 1 — 12. 
 
 The Rechabites' obedience." Jer. xxxv. 
 
 Place.— a, Jerusalem, b, Megiddo. c, Eiblah. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 43 
 
 B. C. 
 
 606. Jeremiah predicts the seventy years' captivity. 
 
 Jer. xxv. 
 
 First reading of the roll." Consolation to Baruch. 
 Jer. xxxvi. 1 — 8. ; xlv. 
 
 The Captivity begins. Daniel taken to Babylon. 
 2 Kings, xxiv. 1. f. p. (2 Chron. xxxvi. 6, 7.); 
 Dan. i. 1—7. 
 
 Place. — a, Jerusalem. 
 
44 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 PART 
 
 (A Period of 
 FROM THE BEGINNING OP THE CAPTIVITY, B. C. 606, TO 
 
 SECTION 
 
 contemporaneous events 
 Jerusalem. 
 
 B. C. 
 
 605. 
 603. 
 
 599. 
 
 597. 
 
 2. Second reading of the roll. Jer. xxxvi. 9 — 32. 
 
 3. Jehioakim rebels against Nebuchadnezzar. 
 
 2 Kings, xxiv. 1 — 4. 
 
 5. Jehoiakim dies. Jehoiachin, or Jeconlih, 
 king (3 months). His captivity. 
 
 2 Kings, xxiv. 5, 6. (2 Chron. xxxvi. 8.) ; 
 2 Kings, xxiv. 7. ; 8, 9. (2 Chron. xxxvi. 
 9.) ; Jer. xxii. 24 — 30. ; xxiii. 
 
 6. Jehoiakim in captivity. Zedekiah, or Matta- 
 niah, king (11 years). 
 
 2 Kings, xxiv. 10—17. (2 Chron. xxxvi. 10.); 
 2 Kings, xxiv. 18, 19. (2 Chron. xxxiv. 11, 
 12. Jer. lii. 1, 2.) [Jer. xxiv.] 
 
 7. Duration of the captivity predicted. 
 
 Jer. xxix. 1—14. ; 16—20. ; 15, 21—32. 
 
 The Restoration predicted Jer. xxx., xxxi. 
 
 * The figures in the margin show the order 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 45 
 
 VII. 
 
 70 Years.) 
 
 THE DECREE OF CYRUS, THE RESTORATION, B. C. 536, 
 
 I. 
 
 at jerusalem and babylon. 
 Babylon. 
 
 1.* The treatment of Daniel and his companions. 
 
 Dan. i. 8—17. 
 
 4. Daniel brought before Nebuchadnezzar. 
 
 Dan. i. 18—21. 
 
 606. 
 
 603. 
 
 in which the subjects should be read. 
 
46 A POPULAB HAKMONY 
 
 5. C. 
 
 JERUSALEM. 
 
 595. 8. Predictions against the surrounding nations. 
 Hananiah denounced. 
 
 Jer. xxvii, xxviii. xlviii, xlix. 
 
 Prediction against Babylon Jer. 1, li. 
 
 593. 12. Zedekiah's rebellion and wickedness. 
 
 [Jer. xxxviii. 1, 2.] 2 Kings, xxiv. 20. (2Chron. 
 xxxvi. 13. Jer. Hi. 3.) 
 
 14. The impiety of the priests and people. A short 
 account of the j udgments that followed. 
 
 2 Chron. xxxvi. 14—21. 
 
 590. 15. Nebuchadnezzar begins the siege. 
 
 2 Kings, xxv. 1. (Jer. xxxix. 1. ; Hi. 4. ) ; 
 Jer. xxxvii. 3, 4. 
 
 17. The capture of Zedekiah and of the city pre- 
 dicted. Hebrew slaves released. 
 
 Jer. xxxiv. 1 — 10 
 
 589. 18. Jeremiah imprisoned Jer. xxxii, xxxiii. 
 
 20. The siege raised. Destruction of Egypt and 
 Philistia predicted. Jer. xxxvii. 5 — 10. ; xlvii. 
 
 21. Hebrew slaves recalled. Consequent judg- 
 ments. Jer. xxxiv. 11 — 22. 
 
 588. 22. Jeremiah again imprisoned. Continues to de- 
 nounce Zedekiah. He is put in the dungeon 
 of Malchiah. 
 
 Jer. xxxviii. 11 — 21.; xxi. ; xxxviii.; xxxix. 
 15—18. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 47 
 
 BABYLON. 
 
 9. Ezekiel's commission. He prophesies of the 595. 
 miseries and destruction of Jerusalem. 
 
 Ezek. i— iii. 1—21.; iii. 23—27. ; iv— vii. 
 
 10. Visions of the idolatries which caused the cap- 594. 
 tivity. Ezek. viii — -x., xi. 1 — 21. 
 
 11. Predictions against Zedekiah, the False Pro- 
 phets, Jerusalem and the Jewish Nations. 
 
 Ezek. xi. 22 — 25. ; xii — xix. 
 
 13. Prophecies addressed to the Elders of the 593. 
 Jews. Ezek. xx — xxiii. 
 
 16. Ezekiel predicts the destruction of Jerusalem. 590. 
 
 Ezek. xxiv. 
 
 19. Ezekiel prophesies against Egypt. 589. 
 
 Ezek. xxix. 1 — 16. 
 
 23. Prophecy against Egypt. 588. 
 
 Ezek. xxx. 20 — 26. : xxxi. 
 
B.C. 
 
 48 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 Jerusalem. 
 
 24. Capture op Zedekiah and Jerusalem. Tem- 
 ple Burnt. Deliverance of Jeremiah. 
 
 2 Kings, xxv. 2, 3. (Jer. lii. 5,6.); 2 Kings, 
 xxv. 4. f. p. (Jer. lii. 7. f. p.; xxxix. 2.); 
 Jer. xxxix. 3. 2 Kings, xxv. 4. 1. p. 7. 
 (Jer. lii. 7. l.p. 11.; Jer. xxxix. 4 — 7.); Jer. 
 xxxix. 11—14.; 2 Kings, xxv. 18—22. 
 (Jer. lii. 24—27.) ; 2 Kings, xxv. 8—10. 
 (Jer. lii. 12 — 14; xxxix. 8.); 2 Kings, xxv. 
 13—17. (Jer. lii. 17—23.); 2 Kings, xxv. 
 11, 12. Jer. lii. 15, 16; xxxix. 9, 10.) 
 [Ps. lxxiv., lxxix., lxxxiii., xciv.] 
 
 25. Jeremiah laments the state of his country. 
 
 Lament, i — v. 
 
 588. 26. Gedaliah appointed Governor. 
 
 2 Kings, xxv. 22.; Jer. xl. 1 — 6.; 2 Kings, xxv. 
 23, 24. (Jer. xl. 7—9.) ; Jer. xl. 10—16. 
 
 27. Ishmael's conspiracy. Gedaliah. slain. The 
 people flee into Egypt. 
 
 2 Kings, xxv. 25, 26. Jer. xli — xliii. 1 — 7. 
 
 28. Jeremiah prophesies against Egypt. 
 Jer. xliii. 8—13. ; xlvi. 13—28. 
 
 587. 29. Final predictions against the idolatrous Jews, 
 and against Egypt. Jer. xliv. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 49 
 
 Babylon. 
 
 B.C. 
 
 30. Predictions against Judea, Ammon, Moab, &c. 587. 
 Ezek. xxxiii. 21 — 33. ; xxv. 
 
 Against Tyre Ezek. xxvi — xxviii. 
 
 Against Egypt Ezek. xxxii. 
 
 32. Captives appealed to Ezek. xxxiii. 1 — 20. 
 
 33. Evil rulers denounced. The restoration 
 promised. Predictions of Messiah's kingdom. 
 
 Ezek. xxxiv — xxxvii. 
 
 34. Ezekiel prophesies of the future contest be- 
 tween the church and her enemies. Predicts 
 the conversion of the Jews. 
 
 Ezek. xxxviii, xxxix. 
 
50 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 THE REMAINDER OF THE HISTORY OF THE JEWS 
 IX CAPTIVITY. 
 
 Vision of the Second Temple Ezek. xl — xlviii. 
 
 Last prediction against Egypt. 
 
 Ezek. xxix. 17—21., xxx. 1 — 19. 
 Daniel reveals Nebuchadnezzar's dream. 
 
 Dan. ii. 
 
 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego cast into the 
 furnace. Dan. iii. 
 
 Interpretation and fulfilment of Nebuchadnezzar's 
 dream. Dan. iv. 
 
 Evil-merodach becomes king of Babylon, and re- 
 leases Jehoiachim from prison. 
 
 2 Kings, xxv. 27—30. (Jer. Iii, 31—34.) 
 
 Vision of the four living creatures Dan. vii. 
 
 Belshazzar's feast. Babylon taken .Dan. v. 
 
 Vision of the Ram and He-goat Dan. viii. 
 
 Daniel's prayer for the restoration of Jerusalem. 
 Prophecy of the seventy weeks. 
 
 Dan. ix. ; Ps. cii. 
 
 Daniel cast into the den of lions Dan. vi. 
 
 Decree of Cyrus for the restoration of the Jews. 
 2 Chron. xxxvi. 22, 23. Ezra, i. 1—4. 
 [Ps. cxxvi. lxxxv.] 
 
 Psalms ivritten chiefly in Babylon {some at Jeru- 
 salem) during the affliction and distress of the 
 Church in captivity. 
 Ps. x. xiii, xiv, xv. xxv, xxvi, xxvii. 
 xxxvi, xxxvii. xlix, 1. liii. lxvii. lxxvii. 
 lxxx. lxxxix. xcii, xciii. cxxiii. cxxx. 
 cxxxvii. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 51 
 
 B.C. 
 
 536. 
 
 535. 
 534. 
 
 520. 
 
 519. 
 515. 
 
 PART VIII. 
 
 (A Period of 139 Years.) 
 
 FROM THE DECREE OF CYRUS, B.C. 536, TO 
 THE CLOSE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT PRO- 
 PHECY, B.C. 397. 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 FROM THE RETURN OF THE JEWS TO THE DEDICA- 
 TION OF THE SECOND TEMPLE. 
 
 The return from captivity. 
 
 Ezra, i. 5 — 11., ii, iii. 1 — 7- [Ps. lxxxvii. 
 cvii. cxi, cxii, cxiii, cxiv. cxvi, cxvii. 
 cxxv. cxxvii, cxxviii.] 
 
 Foundation of the Second Temple laid. 
 
 Ezra, iii. 8 — 13. [Ps. lxxxiv. lxvi.] 
 
 Building of the Temple interrupted. 
 
 Ezra, iv. 1—5. 24. [Ps. cxxix.] 
 
 Last vision of Daniel Dan. x — xii. 
 
 The building of the Temple resumed. 
 
 Ezra, iv. 24.; v. 1 . ; Hag. i. 1—11.; Ezra, v. 2. ; 
 Hag. i. 12—15., ii. 1—9.; Zech. i. 1—6.; 
 Hag. ii. 10—23. ; Zech. i. 7—21., ii-vi. 
 
 The building again interrupted, and again resumed. 
 Ezra, v. 3 — 17. vi. 1 — 13. [Ps. cxxxviii.] 
 Zech. vii, viii. 
 
 Dedication of the second Temple. 
 
 Ezra, vi. 14 — 22. [Ps. xlviii. lxxxi. cxlvi, 
 cxlvii, cxlviii, cxlix, cl.] 
 
 E 2 
 
52 A POPULAR HABMONY 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 486. Opposition to the Jews in the reign of Xerxes. 
 
 Ezra, iv. 6. 
 
 464. Hinderance in the reign of Artaxerxes Longi- 
 manuN Ezra, iv. 7 — 23. 
 
 462. Artaxerxes divorces his queen. a Esth. i, ii. 1 — 15. 
 
 458. Ezra's commission Ezra, vii, viii. 
 
 457. Esther made queen. a Esth. ii. 15 — 20. 
 
 Reformation by Ezra. 6 Ezra, ix, x. 
 
 Zechariah's concluding prophecies. Zech. ix — xiv. 
 
 Mordecai discovers the plot against Ahasuerus. a 
 
 Esth. ii. 21—23. 
 
 453. Haman's plot against the Jews. Its defeat ; his 
 death. Esth. iii — x. 
 
 445. First commission of Nehemiah. 6 Neh. i, ii. ] — 11. 
 
 TTalls of Jerusalem rebuilt. 
 
 Neh. ii. 12—20., iii— vi. 
 
 Neheruiah returns to Persia Neh. vii. 1 — 4. 
 
 444. His second commission ; the reformation he 
 effects. 6 
 
 Neh. vii. 5 — 73. ; viii — xi. ; xii. 1 — 9. ; 44 — 47. ; 
 xiii. 1 — 3. [Ps. i. cxix.] 
 
 433. Malachi prophesies against the corruptions intro- 
 duced during the second absence of Nehemiah. 6 
 
 Mai. i. iii. 1 — 15. 
 
 428. Further reformation by Nehemiah. 6 
 
 Neh. xiii. 4 — 31. 
 
 Place. — a, Susa. b, Jerusalem. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 53 
 
 397. 
 
 373. 
 
 351. 
 
 341. 
 332. 
 
 321. 
 320. 
 
 301. 
 
 Malachi prophesies, and closes the Canon of the 
 Old Testament. Mai. iii. 16—18., iv. 
 
 Various detached genealogies, &c., inserted pro- 
 bably at the completion of the Canon by Simon 
 the Just. 1 Chron. i — ix.; Neh. xii. 10 — 26. 
 
 PAET IX. 
 
 (A Period of 301 Years.) 
 
 A CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF EVENTS CON- 
 NECTING THE OLD TESTAMENT WITH THE 
 NEW. 
 
 Johannan or Jonathan succeeds Joiada as high 
 priest." 
 
 Ochus, king of Persia, places Jews on the shores 
 of the Caspian. 6 * 
 
 Juddua, high priest. a 
 
 Alexander, having destroyed Tyre, visits Jerusa- 
 lem peaceably." 
 
 Onias, high priest.® 
 
 Ptolemy Soter having captured Jerusalem, places 
 100,000 Jews in Alexandria and Cyrene. c * 
 
 Alexander's dominions formed into four distinct 
 kingdoms as predicted by Daniel.^ Seleucus, 
 who obtained Syria and all the East, places a great 
 many Jews in different cities of his dominions.* 
 
 * Hence we find, in reading the Acts of the Apostles, so many colonies 
 of Jews in various parts of the world. Acts, ii. 
 
 Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, Hyrcania. c, Egypt, d, the East. 
 E 3 
 
54 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 B. C. 
 
 300. Simon the Just, high, priest.* He is thought to 
 have added to the sacred Canon the books of 
 Ezra, ]S T eheraiah, and Chronicles. 
 
 292. Eleazar, high priest." 
 
 277. The Greek version of the Old Testament made 
 about this time (by seventy-two translators, 
 and hence called the Septuagint) by the com- 
 mand of Ptolemy Philadelphus, for his new 
 library. 6 
 
 246. Ptolemy Euergetes offers sacrifices at Jerusalem, 
 on his return from the conquests of Syria and 
 Cilicia. a 
 
 216. Ptolemy Philopater visits Jerusalem. Attempts 
 to offer sacrifices in the Holy of Holies " ; but 
 being prevented, he attempts to destroy the 
 Jews in Alexandria, who are miraculously 
 saved. 
 
 203. Antiochus the Great gets possession of Palestine." 
 
 200. The sect of the Sadducees formed. 
 
 199. Judea restored to the king of Egypt by the valour 
 of Scopas, his general. 
 
 198. Antiochus regains Judea. 
 
 184. The sect of the Pharisees rise about this time. 
 
 176. Heliodorus attempting to plunder the Temple, 
 is prevented by an angel." 
 
 170. Antiochus Epiphanes takes Jerusalem." Slays 
 40,000. Plunders and profanes the Temple. 
 
 167. Antiochus commences a fearful persecution of the 
 
 Jews." 
 
 165. Judas Maccabaeus purifies the Temple and insti- 
 tutes the Feast of Dedication." He obtains 
 many victories over the forces of Antiochus. 
 
 Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, Alexandria. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 55 
 
 B. C. 
 
 161. 
 
 149. 
 144. 
 
 141. 
 
 135. 
 130. 
 
 107. 
 106. 
 
 79. 
 
 70. 
 
 65. 
 
 63. 
 
 Judas Maccabaeus slain." His brother Jonathan 
 succeeds him. 
 
 Onias builds a temple in Egypt after the fashion 
 of that in Jerusalem. 6 
 
 Jonathan murdered by Tryphon. c His brother 
 Simon succeeds him, who the following year is 
 made sovereign ruler by Demetrius. 
 
 The regal and priestly officers unanimously con- 
 firmed by the Jews to Simon and his descend- 
 ants. 
 
 Simon murdered. His son, John Hyrcanus, 
 succeeds him. 
 
 John Hyrcanus throws off the Syrian yoke/ 
 Makes himself independent. Destroys the 
 Temple on Mount Gerizim. Rules with vigour 
 and ability. 
 
 Aristobulus succeeds his father Hyrcanus c , and 
 takes the title and insignia of King. 
 
 Alexander Jannaeus succeeds his brother Aristo- 
 bulus, and reigns with success twenty-seven 
 years. 
 
 Jannasus dies. c Alexandra, his wife, succeeds. 
 Makes her son, Hyrcanus, high priest. En- 
 courages the Pharisees. 
 
 Alexandra dies. c Hyrcanus succeeds, but is 
 forced to resign the crown to his younger 
 brother Aristobulus. 
 
 Pompey the Great reduces Syria to a Roman 
 province. Hyrcanus endeavours to regain 
 the crown. 
 
 Hyrcanus and Aristobulus appeal to Pompey, who 
 decides in favour of the former. Pompey takes 
 Jerusalem and makes Judea tributary. 
 
 Place. — a, Judea. b, Egypt, c, Jerusalem, d, Hyrcania. 
 E 4 
 
56 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 3TcT 
 
 51. Aristobulus and his son Alexander, raising dis- 
 turbances, are vanquished by Gabinius, the 
 Roman Governor of Syria, who sets up a new 
 form, of government." 
 
 54. Crassus plunders the Temple." 
 
 47. Antipater being appointed, by Julius Caesar, 
 Procurator of Judea, makes his son Herod 
 governor of Galilee, and Phasael governor of 
 Jerusalem. 
 
 44. The walls of Jerusalem rebuilt. 
 
 43. Antipater poisoned. Herod and Phasael succeed. 
 
 40. Jerusalem taken by the Parthians. Slay Phasael. 
 Place Antigonus, son of Aristobulus, upon the 
 throne. Herod flees to Rome and is appointed 
 king of Judea. 
 
 37. Herod takes Jerusalem. Beheads Antigonus, and 
 is established king of Judea. Reigns thirty- 
 four years. 
 
 27. The Romans confer the monarchy of the whole 
 Empire on Caasar Augustus. 
 
 25. Herod rebuilds Samaria, and calls it Sebaste. 
 
 17. Herod, after two years' preparation, begins to 
 rebuild (portions of it) and enlarge the Temple. 
 (See John, ii. 20.) ° 
 
 Zecharias receives the announcement respecting 
 the birth of John (the Baptist). 
 
 The New Testament Canon begins. 
 
 Place.— a, Jerusalem. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 COMPENDIOUS HISTORY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE JEWISH NATION 
 
 BETWEEN THE CLOSE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT AND THE 
 COMMENCEMENT OP THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 The events of this period being more the subjects of 
 Scripture prophecy than any of the preceding, some ac- 
 count of those events, it is considered, form a necessary 
 accompaniment to every publication designed to illus- 
 trate Holy Writ, and therefore a brief account of them, 
 it is hoped, will not be deemed out of place in a popular 
 Harmony of the Bible. 
 
 The repeopling of the city of Jerusalem and the re- 
 building of her walls were events brought about, under 
 God, by Nehemiah, during the reign of Artaxerxes 
 Longimanus. This king died, B.C. 424, and was suc- 
 ceeded by his son Xerxes II., who was slain by his 
 brother Sogdianus, who was also murdered by another 
 brother, named Ochus. Ochus, on ascending the throne, 
 took the name of Darius Nothus. It is generally sup- 
 posed that it was during this king's reign that Malachi 
 prophesied and Nehemiah effected his last act of reforma- 
 tion. After the death (the period of which event is 
 uncertain) of Nehemiah, Judea was made subject to the 
 governor of Syria, the high-priest of the Jews exercising 
 the local government under him. The Jews were sub- 
 ject to the Persian empire; but, as the spirit of prophecy 
 was withdrawn, guided by their ecclesiastical and civil 
 polity, under their own law. 
 
 B.C. 405. Artaxerxes Mnemon succeeded to the 
 
53 A POPULAR HAEMONY 
 
 throne of Persia. Bagoses, the governor of Syria, having 
 appointed Joshua to fill the place of his brother Johanan 
 (who had been deposed) as high-priest ; the latter re- 
 sisted (B.C. 366), and caused Joshua to be murdered 
 in the inner court of the Temple, the result of which 
 was that a heavy yearly fine was exacted, till the death 
 (b. c. 359) of Artaxefxes caused a change in the govern- 
 ment of Persia. The Jews having taken an active part 
 in a revolt in Phoenicia, Oehus, the new Persian monarch, 
 was incensed, laid siege to Jericho, and sold many of 
 the Jews as captives. Johanan, the high-priest, died 
 (b.c. 341), and was succeeded by his son Juddua. Ochus 
 died (b.c. 338), and was succeeded by his son Arsaces, 
 who died two years after by the same death as his father 
 — poison. On the death of Arsaces (b. c. 336), Darius 
 Codomanus was settled on the throne of Persia. The 
 time had now arrived when the sure word of pro- 
 phecy was to have its fulfilment — the Persian to be dis- 
 placed by the Grecian power. Alexander, king of Ma- 
 cedon, invaded Asia (b. c. 334), and by a rapid series of 
 victories subdued all the countries from the banks of the 
 Indus and the Caspian Sea to the Southern Ocean, and 
 the furthest confines of Egypt, totally overthrowing the 
 Persian monarchy and raising in its place the Grecian 
 monarchy. This mighty victor died at Babylon (b. c. 323), 
 at the early age of thirty-three, — a most impressive in- 
 stance of the vanity of all earthly greatness. 
 
 During the rapid progress of Alexander, a remarkable 
 circumstance is recorded to have taken place. The Jews 
 having assisted the people of Tyre against Alexander, 
 immediately after conquering that city he set out with 
 the full determination of being revenged on the Jews 
 by destroying their city, Jerusalem. Juddua, the high- 
 priest, hearing of the intention of the conqueror, besought 
 the Divine interposition in their favour. He was di- 
 rected, in a vision, to go forth in his robes, as high-priest, 
 accompanied by the priests in their robes and the people 
 in white garments, to meet Alexander. This solemn 
 procession awaited the approach of the conqueror. Alex- 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 59 
 
 ander, on beholding the high-priest, hastened forward, 
 and saluted him with a respect and veneration for which 
 the attendants could not account. Parmenio, the royal 
 favourite, inquiring the reason for this adoration, Alex- 
 ander replied that it was not Juddua that he adored, but 
 the God whom Juddua served. He added, that while in 
 Macedonia, deliberating as to his expedition against Asia, 
 a personage, resembling the high-priest, and in a similar 
 habit, appeared to him in a dream, assuring him that 
 God would be his guide and would give success to his 
 expedition. Alexander then laid aside his purpose of 
 wrath against the Jews, and, entering Jerusalem with 
 Juddua in a friendly manner, offered sacrifices to Jehovah. 
 The high-priest showed him the prophecy of Daniel, in 
 which his invasion and success against the Persian 
 monarch is so plainly predicted. On leaving Jerusalem, 
 Alexander desired the Jews to ask of him any favour 
 they wished to obtain, upon which they petitioned to be 
 allowed the free exercise of their laws and religion, and 
 to be exempted from tribute during the sabbatical year. 
 Their request being readily complied with, the Sama- 
 ritans made the like request. Their petition not being 
 immediately granted, they revolted, and slew the go- 
 vernor whom Alexander had appointed. On the return 
 of Alexander from Egypt the year after, he drove the 
 Samaritans from Samaria and peopled it with Macedo- 
 nians, giving the rest of their territories to the Jews. 
 The Samaritans who escaped retired to Shechem, on 
 Mount Gerizim, which became their principal seat. 
 
 After the death of Alexander his empire was broken 
 into four kingdoms, each under one of his principal ge- 
 nerals — Cassander took Macedonia and Greece — Lysi- 
 machus took Thrace, Bithynia, and the north — Seleucus 
 Nicator took Syria, Armenia, and the eastern parts — 
 Laomedon, a petty officer, took Egypt, Libya, Palestine, 
 &c. This last, however, was afterwards seized by Pto- 
 lemy Lagus. The Jews refusing to submit to Ptolemy, 
 he invaded Judea, and captured Jerusalem, b. c. 320. Many 
 of its inhabitants were carried away into Egvpt ; but 
 
60 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 being treated with much kindness, others followed of 
 their own accord. 
 
 Jealousy and rivalry arising among Alexander's suc- 
 cessors they had recourse to arms. Antigonus, one of his 
 captains, got possession of Judea ; but was soon after put 
 to death, and Ptolemy again became governor, B.C. 301. 
 Soon after B.C. 292, the high-priest, Simon the Just, 
 died : a man distinguished for wisdom and virtuous con- 
 duct ; he is considered to have completed the Canon of 
 the Old Testament in the form it has come down to us. 
 Ptolemy Philadelphus ascended the throne of Egypt, b. c. 
 284, and in him the Jews found a kind protector. Dur- 
 ing his reign, the Old Testament, called the Septuagint 
 version, is said to have been made by seventy Jews at the 
 express command of Ptolemy for his famous library. 
 
 A series of events followed, which had been prophesied 
 by Daniel, ch. xi. Antiochus Theos having succeeded 
 his father Antiochus Soter, the son of Seleucus, as king 
 of Syria, a long and sanguinary war ensued between him 
 and Ptolemy, which ended, b. c. 249, by a treaty, in which 
 Antiochus agreed to divorce his wife Laodice, and to 
 marry Berenice, the daughter of Ptolemy. Two years 
 after, on the death of Ptolemy, Antiochus divorced Be- 
 renice, and recalled Laodice, who, fearful of another 
 change, poisoned her husband, put Berenice to death, 
 and placed her son Callinichus on the throne. Ptolemy 
 Evergetes, in revenge for his sister's death, slew Laodice, 
 and subdued Syria. On his return to Egypt, he passed 
 through Judea,' and there offered sacrifices of thanksgiving 
 at Jerusalem. The Jews now became subjects of Ptolemy, 
 and had to pay a tribute of twenty talents : this tribute 
 being withheld by Onias II. the high priest, a severe 
 punishment awaited the nation, and would have been in- 
 flicted had it not been for the prudence of Joseph, the 
 nephew of Onias, whose activity in collecting the re- 
 quired tribute averted the blow and retained the favour 
 of the Egyptian monarch. 
 
 Ptolemy Evergetes died b. c. 221, and Ptolemy Philo- 
 pater succeeded him. A war breaking out between Pto- 
 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 61 
 
 lemy Philopater and Antiochus the Great, the then King 
 of Syria, in consequence of Antiochus seizing the pro- 
 vince of Ccelo- Syria, Ptolemy gave him battle and re- 
 gained the province. On Ptolemy's return, he offered 
 sacrifices at Jerusalem ; but being refused entrance into 
 the holy of holies, he was much enraged against the 
 Jewish nation ; and on his arrival at Alexandria, he de- 
 prived that people of their privileges, and caused many 
 to be exposed to the devouring appetite of wild beasts in 
 the public amphitheatre : but it is said that the ferocious 
 animals turned upon the spectators and devoured numbers 
 of them instead of their victims. 
 
 After the death of Philopater, b. c. 204, Antiochus in- 
 vaded the out provinces of Egypt. Palestine was alter- 
 nately possessed by each power, and at last willingly 
 submitted to Antiochus, who confirmed their privileges. 
 Antiochus afterwards restored Judea to the Egyptian 
 monarch, in dowry with his daughter, upon condition that 
 the revenues should be divided between the two powers. 
 After an unsuccessful war with the Romans, to whom he 
 was compelled to pay a large sum as the price of peace, 
 Antiochus was slain by the people of Elymais, in his at- 
 tempt to plunder their temple, b. c. 187. Seleucus Philo- 
 pater succeeded his father as king of Syria, but he was 
 little more than a raiser of taxes all his days (Dan. xi. 20.) 
 to defray the Roman tribute. He sent his treasurer, Heli- 
 odorus, to seize the treasures in the temple at Jerusalem ; 
 but he was prevented accomplishing his task by a vision. 
 
 Seleucus was murdered (b. c. 176), by Heliodorus, who 
 wished to usurp the reins of government. An attempt 
 was made to place Ptolemy Philometer on the throne to 
 the exclusion (Dan. xi. 21.) of Antiochus, the brother of 
 Seleucus; but Antiochus applying to the king of Per- 
 gamus for aid, was quietly made the sovereign. This 
 Antiochus assumed the name of Epiphanes, i. e. Illus- 
 trious ; but from his conduct he was generally called Epi- 
 manes, or the madman. In order to raise money for the 
 Roman tribute, he deposed the pious high-priest Onias, 
 and sold the office first to Jason his brother, for the yearly 
 
62 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 payment of 360 talents, and afterwards to his brother 
 Menelaus for 660 talents. He made war with the king 
 of Egypt, invaded and conquered that country, took the 
 king prisoner, and treated him with apparent friendship, 
 but each contrived to do mischief (Dan. xi. 27.). 
 
 A false report of the death of Antiochus having pre- 
 vailed, Jason attempted to recover the high priesthood 
 by force, and slew many of the adherents of Menelaus. 
 Antiochus concluded that the Jewish nation had revolted, 
 marched into Judea, took Jerusalem, and slew 40,000 of 
 the inhabitants, sold a vast number for slaves, plundered 
 the temple of gold to the value of 800 talents, entered 
 the most holy, caused a sow to be sacrificed on the altar, 
 and sprinkled the temple with the broth made from its 
 flesh. 
 
 At this period the people of Alexandria made Physcon 
 their king, instead of his brother Philoraeter. Antiochus 
 invaded Egypt, but withdrew, expecting that a civil war 
 between the brothers would place the whole kingdom at 
 his disposal. They, however, agreed to reign peaceably 
 together, on which Antiochus again invaded Egypt, but 
 was forced to withdraw by order from Rome, b. c. 168. 
 He then vented his wrath on Jerusalem. His general 
 entered the city on the sabbath, and all who did not take 
 to flight were put to the sword, and the women and chil- 
 dren that remained were sold for slaves ; the city was 
 plundered, set on fire in several places, and a large for-. 
 tress built to over-awe the temple. Antiochus then issued 
 a decree that all his subjects should conform to the Gre- 
 cian idolatry. Pie sent one Athenasus to teach these 
 rites to the Jews, who, on his arrival at Jerusalem, was 
 arrested by some apostates. The religious observances of 
 the nation were suppressed, sacrifices ceased, the temple 
 polluted, circumcision and the observance of the sabbath 
 forbidden, all copies of the law, that could be found, 
 destroyed, and the temple dedicated to Jupiter, whose 
 image was erected on the great altar, a small altar 
 being built thereon before the image. All who opposed 
 or disobeyed these mandates were put to death. The 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 63 
 
 like measures were carried into effect throughout the 
 land, and the Jews were compelled to join the idolatrous 
 rites and processions of the heathens. The Jewish re- 
 ligion and nation seemed about to be rooted out, but at 
 this dreadful and dark hour God interposed for his people, 
 and, as in former times, raised up deliverers from among 
 them. 
 
 One of Antiochus's officers came to Modin, where 
 dwelt an aged and truly pious priest, named Mattathias, 
 of a family called Asraonaeans. He had five sons, all 
 pious, able, and valiant men, named Johanan, Simon, 
 Judas, Eliazar, and Jonathan. The officer required this 
 pious family to obey the mandate of Antiochus, but 
 Mattathias publicly declared that nothing should ever 
 induce himself or his family to forsake the law of their 
 God ; and seeing an apostate Jew about to sacrifice to an 
 idol, filled with zeal, like that of Phineas of old, he slew 
 him. With the assistance of his sons, he rushed upon 
 the officer, Apelles, and his attendants, and slew them 
 also. He then gathered together all who were zealous 
 for the divine law, and retired with them into the moun- 
 tainous part of the country. One company, to the 
 number of 1000, took refuge in a cave, where the Syrian 
 governor of Jerusalem found them, and taking advantage 
 of their unwillingness to defend themselves on the sab- 
 bath, he slew the whole of them on that day. This drew 
 the attention of Mattathias and his associates, and they 
 resolved to defend themselves even on the sabbath day. 
 
 Antiochus hearing of these events, went to Jerusalem, 
 b. c. 167; and there enforced the execution of his decrees 
 with the utmost barbarity. 
 
 On one occasion Eliazar was martyred, and a mother 
 with seven children. After the departure of Antiochus, 
 Mattathias came from his fastnesses, and being joined by 
 many of the most zealous of the Jews, who were called 
 Chasidim or Asideans, he found himself at the head of a 
 small army. With his followers he went round the 
 cites of Judah, destroying the idol altars, causing the 
 children to be circumcised, and putting to death the 
 
64 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 apostates and persecutors. He restored the service of God, 
 and caused the Law again to be read, making diligent 
 search for all the copies which had escaped the hands of 
 the persecutors. He caused, also, passages from the 
 Prophets to be introduced into the synagogue service. 
 Mattathias, being of very advanced age, was soon worn 
 out by the fatigues of this service, and died B.C. 166; 
 but his loss was compensated by his son Judas, who took 
 the command. His followers soon increased to an army, 
 and he went forth to fight the enemies of Israel. The 
 motto on his banner was from Exodus, xv. 11., " Who is 
 like unto thee among the gods, Jehovah ?" The original 
 words being mi camotra baalim jehovah, — the initial 
 letters of which combined formed the artificial word 
 maccabi. From this circumstance the family of Matta- 
 thias, and those who joined them, received the name of 
 Maccabees ; Judas receiving the name of Maccabceus as a 
 mark of pre-eminence. 
 
 At this period Antiochus was engaged in celebrating an 
 impious festival at Daphne, and Judas continued to visit 
 the cities of Judea, freeing them from the evils and pollu- 
 tions introduced by the heathens. While thus engaged, 
 he encountered and vanquished Apollonius, and shortly 
 after another general of Antiochus. That monarch, 
 enraged at the proceedings, assembled a large army, 
 intending utterly to destroy the Jewish nation ; but, 
 having squandered his treasury in vain show at the fes- 
 tival before mentioned, his proceedings were delayed. A 
 revolt also took place in his eastern dominions. He then 
 divided his forces, sending half into Judea under Lysias, 
 and the other into Persia. Judas, nothing daunted, met 
 Lysias and the Syrians, and overcame them in several en- 
 counters. At last Judas defeated Lysias himself, who 
 led his forces in person. The Maccabees then regained 
 possession of Jerusalem, where Judas purified and 
 repaired the temple and its courts, erected a new altar 
 in the room of that which the heathens had profaned, 
 rebuilt much of the city that had been laid in ruin, 
 restored the sacrifices and devotional observances, and 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 65 
 
 celebrated this deliverance by a festival, the yearly Feast 
 of the Dedication. 
 
 Antiochus heard of these proceedings when on his 
 return from a successful expedition against the Persians. 
 The news filled him with the most dreadful rage: he 
 threatened utterly to destroy the whole of the Jewish 
 nation, and to make Jerusalem one vast burial place. 
 But while uttering these proud boastings he was attacked 
 by a severe fever, an internal pain ; and being thrown 
 from his chariot he was taken to Tabse, where he re- 
 mained in the greatest pain, and suffering the most 
 horrible torments both of body and mind, until he died 
 (b.c. 164), acknowledging the wickedness of his cruelty 
 to the Jews. 
 
 Antiochus was succeeded by Antiochus Eupator, his 
 son, a child ; but Lysias conducted the government, and 
 still endeavoured" to subdue the Jews : Judas successfully 
 resisted, and in every way prevailed against the Syrians 
 till his death, which took place while in battle with the 
 Syrians who had surprised him, when only at the head of 
 a small body of his men, b. c. 161. His brothers 
 Jonathan and Simon succeeded, and the Romans having 
 taken part with them against the Syrians, the nation 
 enjoyed an interval of peace. Jonathan was appointed 
 high priest, b. c. 152, by Alexander Bala, an impostor 
 that prevailed against Demetrius, who, being a son of 
 Seleucus had obtained the kingdom of Syria, and de- 
 throned Antiochus Eupator, a few years before. The 
 neighbouring nations continuing in an unsettled state, 
 the Jews remained unmolested, and Jonathan obtained 
 the removal of the heathen garrison from the fortress at 
 Jerusalem. 
 
 B.C. 144. Jonathan was treacherously murdered by 
 Tryphon, and Simon succeeded, who was also murdered 
 by his son-in-law (b.c. 135), and was succeeded by his 
 son, John Hyrcanus. The Syrians again brought Judea 
 under their yoke ; but their power being broken by the 
 destruction of their army in Parthia, the Jews under 
 Hyrcanus recovered their independence. Hyrcanus also 
 
66 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 conquered the Idumeans, and obliged them to become 
 proselytes to the Jewish religion. He made a treaty 
 with the Romans, by which the nation obtained greater 
 privileges than they ever before had enjoyed. He also 
 took Samaria, and left Judea prosperous at his death 
 (b.c. 107). 
 
 Aristobulus, his eldest son, succeeded, and was the first 
 Jew that assumed the regal diadem. He was of a cruel 
 disposition, causing even his mother and a brother to be 
 put to death ; but he died after reigning only one year. 
 His brother Alexander succeeded. He subdued the Phi- 
 listines, and overcame the Moabites, Ammonites, and 
 others ; dying (b. c. 79) after a troubled reign and of a 
 disease brought on by intemperance. His widow reigned 
 nine years, supported by the Pharisees, who had become 
 a powerful political party. A civil contest ensued be- 
 tween her sons Hyrcanus and Aristobulus, the latter 
 being supported by many who were opposed to the Pha- 
 risees. The result was the interference of the Romans, 
 who decided in favour of Hyrcanus, though first applied 
 to by his brother. Judea was then reduced to its original 
 limits, and made tributary to the Romans. Pompey was 
 the Roman general under whom this was effected (b.c. 
 63). He spared the sacred treasures, but entered the 
 holy of holies, after which act it was observed he never 
 prospered. Crassus, however, not long after pillaged 
 the Temple on his way to his fatal Parthian expe- 
 dition. Hyrcanus and Aristobulus continued opposed 
 to each other till B.C. 47, when Julius Caesar made 
 Antipater, a crafty Idumean who had supported Hyr- 
 canus, the procurator or civil governor of Judea, and 
 confirmed Hyrcanus in the priesthood. After the death 
 of Antipater, his son Herod, called the Great, obtained 
 the kingly power by the assistance of the Romans under 
 Antony (b. c. 37), and governed with ability, but showed 
 much tyranny and cruelty. He was confirmed in his 
 power by Octavius Caesar, who afterwards assumed the 
 imperial dignity, and under whom the fourth univer- 
 sal monarchy was established and the nations brought 
 
OP THE BIBLE. 67 
 
 into a state of peace to an extent perhaps never before 
 known. 
 
 Under Herod, Judea prospered in many respects, and 
 enjoyed much peace and quietness, although his cruelties 
 towards many of his subjects, and even his own family, 
 were such, that the Emperor Augustus is said to have 
 exclaimed that it was better to be Herod's hog than his 
 son. When Herod had gained possession of Jerusalem 
 by the aid of the Romans, and his rival Antigonus was 
 taken prisoner, by a large sum of money he persuaded 
 Antony to put him to death lest he should revive his 
 pretensions as one of the Asmonaean family. Aristo- 
 bulus, brother of his wife Mariamne, was murdered by 
 his directions, at the age of eighteen, because the people 
 of Jerusalem had shown some affection for his father. 
 He put to death Hyrcanus, the grandfather of Mariamne, 
 then eighty years old, and who had saved Herod's life 
 when prosecuted by the Sanhedrim, and who was a man 
 of the most peaceable disposition. His unhappy wife, 
 Mariamne, was publicly executed, as was also her 
 mother, Alexandra ; soon after Alexander and Aristo- 
 bulus, his two sons by Mariamne, were strangled in 
 prison, by his order, upon groundless suspicions. His 
 eldest son, Antipater, he put to death only a few days 
 before his own decease. This was, however, not without 
 cause, for he had conspired to poison his father. Almost 
 all these executions and cruelties arose from Herod's 
 state jealousy and love of power. He laid a plan for 
 destroying all the chief men of Judea, immediately after 
 his own decease, that, as he told his sister and her hus- 
 band, " all Judea might mourn at his death." Happily 
 the orders were not executed. 
 
 Herod's attachment to the Romans was shown in many 
 circumstances inconsistent with the Jewish religion, 
 while the care and expense with which he caused the 
 Temple to be repaired, show his desire to obtain 
 popularity among the Jews ; and certainly as a nation, 
 the Jews under his reign enjoyed a greater degree of 
 peace, and for a longer period, than during some centuries 
 
68 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 preceding. It was in the reign of this monarch that our 
 Blessed Saviour entered the world in human form (four 
 years before the common era). One of the later acts of 
 Herod was the massacre of the innocents of Bethlehem, in 
 the hopes of destroying the " King of the Jews " among 
 their number. 
 
 In conclusion. " Thus the world, after it had been, 
 as it were, in a continual convulsion for so many hundred 
 years together " — " was now established in the greatest 
 height of the fourth and last monarchy and settled in 
 quietness." Now all things are ready for the birth of 
 Christ, and this remarkable universal peace, after so many 
 ages of tumult and war, was a lit prelude for the en- 
 trance into the world of the glorious Prince of Peace. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 69 
 
 Wfyt jj&rtu €£0iament 
 
 PART I. 
 
 (A Period of 14 Years.) 
 
 FKOM THE ANNOUNCEMENT TO ZACHARIAS, B.C. 6, 
 TO CONCLUSION OF OUR LORD'S PRIVATE 
 HISTORY, A.D. 8. 
 
 B. c. 6. 
 Oct. 5. 
 
 B. c. 5. 
 Jan. 
 
 June 30. 
 July 7. 
 
 Oct. 5. 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 Prefaces Mark, i. 1. ; Luke, i. I — 4. 
 
 Zacharias receives the announcement respecting 
 the birth of John. Luke, i. 5—23. 
 
 Elizabeth conceives. 6 Luke, i. 24, 25. 
 
 Annunciation to Mary. c Luke, i. 26 — 38. 
 
 Mary's visit to Elizabeth (3 months). 6 
 
 Luke, i. 39— 56. 
 
 Birth, circumcision, and naming of John. 6 
 
 Luke, i. 57—80. 
 
 Place. — a, The Temple, b, Hebron, c, Nazareth. 
 F 3 
 
A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 «. c. o. 
 Oct. 31. 
 
 b. c. 4. 
 
 April 5. 
 
 May 16. 
 
 b. c. 3. 
 
 April. 
 
 A. D. 8 
 
 April. 
 
 Joseph's misdeeming thoughts, respecting Mary, 
 corrected by the Angel ; he is bidden to take 
 her to wife.* Luke, i. 18—25. 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 Birth of Christ, circumcision, and naming. 6 
 
 Luke, ii. 1—20. ; Matt. i. 25. (Luke, ii. 21.) 
 
 Two Genealogies of Christ. 
 
 Matt. i. 1—17.; Luke, iii. 23—38. 
 Matthew by descending gives the natural 
 descen t of Joseph, and so the legal line of 
 Christ. Luke by ascending gives the legal 
 descent of Joseph, and so the natural de- 
 scent of Christ. 
 
 Presentation of Christ/ 
 phesy. 
 
 The visit of the Magi. 6 ....Matt.ii. 1—12. 
 
 Simeon and Anna pro- 
 Luke, ii. 22—38. 
 
 The flight into Egypt. Innocents slaughtered. 6 
 
 Matt. ii. 13—18. 
 
 The return from Egypt. a 
 
 Matt. ii. 19—22., Matt. ii. 23. (Luke, ii. 39.) 
 
 The History of Christ at twelve years of age. c 
 
 Luke, ii. 40—52. 
 
 Place. — a, Nazareth, b, Bethlehem, c, The Temple. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 71 
 
 A. D. 26. 
 
 Oct. 4. 
 
 PART II. 
 
 (A Period of 3 Years, 7 Months.) 
 
 FROM THE ENTRY OF JOHN BAPTIST ON HIS 
 MINISTRY TO THE ASCENSION OF THE 
 SAVIOUR. 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 St. John's introduction to his Gospel. 
 
 John, i. 1 — 1. 
 
 The Baptist enters upon his ministry ; many 
 resort to him. a 
 
 Luke, iii. 1, 2. ; Matt. iii. 1, 2. (Mark, i. 4. ; 
 Luke, iii. 3.) ; Matt. iii. 3. (Mark, i. 2, 3.; 
 Luke, iii. 4.) Luke, iii. 5, 6. ; Matt. iii. 4. 
 (Mark, i. 6.) ; Matt. iii. 5, 6. (Mark, i. 5.) ; 
 Matt. iii. 7 — 10 (Luke, iii. 7 — 9.) ; Luke, 
 iii. 10—14. 
 
 John's testimony of Christ to the people." 
 
 Luke, iii. 15.; Matt. iii. 11. (Mark, i. 7,8.; 
 Luke, iii. J 6.) ; Matt. iii. 12. (Luke, iii. 17.) ; 
 Luke, iii. 18. 
 
 Jan.* n. Baptism of Christ. 6 
 
 Matt. iii. 13. (Mark, i. 9. f.p.) ; Matt. iii. 
 14, 15. ; (Mam, i. 9. I p.) ; Matt. iii. 16, 
 17 ; (Mark, i. 10, 11. ; Luke, iii. 21, 22.) ; 
 Luke, iii. 23. 
 
 Place.— a, Wilderness of Judea. b, Bethabara. 
 
 F 4 
 
A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 A.D. c 2/. 
 
 Mar. 5. 
 
 Mar. 10, 
 
 April 5. 
 
 May 13. 
 
 Temptation of Christ.' 2 
 
 Luke, iv. 1. ; Matt. iv. 1. ; (Mark, i. 12. ; Luke, 
 iv. 1.) ; Mark, i. 13 . p. ; (Luke, iv. 2. p.) ; 
 Matt. iv. 2—4. (Luke, iv. 2—4.) ; Matt. 
 iv. 5—7. (Luke, iv. 9 — 12.) ; Matt. iv. 8. 
 (Luke, iv. 5.); Luke, iv. 6. ; Matt. iv. 9—] 1. 
 (Luke, iv. 7, 8. 13.) 
 
 John testifies of Christ to the priests and Le- 
 vites. 6 John, i. 19—28. 
 
 John, on seeing Christ coming to him, again bears 
 testimony that He is the Christ. — Also, on the 
 next day — Jesus first meets with Andrew and 
 Peter. 6 John, i. 29—42. 
 
 Christ returns to Galilee ; meets with Philip and 
 Nathaniel ; their remarkable conversation. First 
 miracle. Sojourns at Capernaum. 
 
 John, i. 43—51., ii. 1—12. 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 Christ attends the Passover a (the first after his 
 entrance upon his public ministry) ; purges the 
 Temple. John, ii. 13—25. 
 
 Conversation of our Lord with Nicodemus.^ 
 
 John, iii. 1—21. 
 
 John's last testimony of Christ/ John, iii. 22—26. 
 
 Conversation of Christ with the woman of Sa- 
 maria; being on his way to Galilee/ 
 
 John, iv. 1 — 42. 
 
 John Baptist imprisoned.^" 
 
 Matt. xiv. 3, 4. (Mark, vi. 17, 18. ; Luke, iii. 
 19, 20.) ; Matt. xiv. 5. (Mark, vi. 19, 20.) 
 
 Place. — a, Wilderness, b, Bethabara. c, Cana. d, Jerusalem, e, JEnon. 
 f, Sychar. g, Judea. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 73 
 
 A. D. 27. 
 May 20. 
 
 „ 22. 
 
 Jun.6. to 
 Sept. 16. 
 
 Sept. 17. 
 
 a. n. 28. 
 Feb. 
 
 Christ goes into Galilee. * Heals the nobleman's 
 son. 
 
 Matt. iv. 12. (Mark, i. 14,; Luke, iv. 14.; 
 John, iv. 43.) ; John, iv. 44, 45. (Luke, 
 iv. 14, 15.) ; John, iv, 46—54. 
 
 Christ quotes Isaiah's words, and applies them to 
 himself. 6 , Luke, iv. 16—30. 
 
 Christ sojourns at Capernaum, and preaches re- 
 pentance. 
 
 Matt. iv. 13. (Luke, iv. 31.); Matt. iv. 14 
 —16. ; Matt. iv. 17. (Mark, i. 14, 15.) 
 
 Call of Andrew, Peter, James, and John. rf 
 
 Matt. iv. 18—22. (Mark, i. 16—20.) 
 
 Demoniac healed. c 
 
 Mark, i. 21—28. (Luke, iv. 31—37.) 
 
 Peter's mother-in-law, and others, cured. 
 
 Matt. viii. 14—16. (Mark, i. 29—34. ; Luke, 
 iv. 38—41.); Matt. viii. 17.; Mark, i. 35. ; 
 (Luke, iv. 42.) ; Mark, i. 36—38. ; Luke, iv. 
 42, 43. 
 
 Christ teaches throughout Galilee. e Heals many. 
 Multitudes follow him. 
 
 Matt. iv. 23. (Mark, i. 39. ; Luke, iv. 44.) ; 
 Matt. iv. 24, 25. 
 
 Sermon on the mount. e Matt. v. — viii. 1. 
 
 The draught of fishes/ Luke, v. 1 — 11. 
 
 Christ heals the leper. e Withdraws into the wilder- 
 ness to pray. 
 
 Matt. viii. 2—4. (Mark, i. 40—44. ; Luke, 
 v. 12—14.) ; Mark, i. 45. (Luke, v. 15, 
 16.) 
 
 Place. 
 
 Cana. b, Nazareth, c, Capernaum, d, Sea-side, e, Galilee 
 
A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 A. D. 28. 
 
 Mar. 16. 
 
 April 1. 
 
 15. 
 
 A paralytic healed." 
 
 Mark, ii. 1,2.; Luke, v. 17. ; Matt. ix. 2. 
 (Mark, ii. 3. ; Luke, v. 18.) ; Mark, ii. 4. 
 (Luke, v. 19.) ; Matt. ix. 2—8. (Mark, ii. 
 5—12. ; Luke, v. 20—26.) 
 
 Call of Matthew." He entertains Christ. 
 
 Mark, ii. 13.; Matt. ix. 9. (Mark, ii. 14.; 
 Luke, v. 27—32.); Mark, ii. 15—22. (Luke, 
 v. 29—38.) ; Luke, y. 39. 
 
 section in. 
 
 Christ goes up to the second Passover ; heals an 
 infirm man on the Sabbath-day ; justifies his act, 
 and asserts his authority. 6 John, v. 
 
 Christ defends his disciples' plucking corn on 
 the Sabbath-day. c 
 
 Matt. xii. 1—4. (Mark, ii. 23—26. ; Luke, 
 vi. 1 — 4.) Matt. xii. 5 — 7.; Mark, ii. 27.; 
 Matt. xii. 8. (Mark, ii. 28. ; Luke, vi. 5.) 
 
 Christ heals the withered hand on a Sabbath-day. c 
 
 Matt. xii. 9, 10. (Mark, iii. 1, 2.; Luke, vi. 
 
 6, 70 ; Mark, iii. 3, 4. (Luke, vi. 8, 9.) ; 
 
 Matt. xii. 11, 12. ; Matt. xii. 13, 14. (Mark, 
 
 iii. 5, 6. ; Luke, vi. 10, 11.) 
 
 Christ followed by multitudes ; he heals their 
 diseases.** 
 
 Matt. xii. 15. (Mark, iii. 7.); Mark, iii. 
 8, 9.; Matt. xii. 15. I. p. (Mark, iii. 10. 
 f.p.); Mark, iii. 10. I. p., 11.; Matt. xii. 
 16. (Mark, iii. 12.) ; Matt. xii. 17—21. 
 
 Place. — a, Capernaum, b, Pool of Bethesda. c, In a Sabbath walk. 
 d, Sea-side. 
 
Or THE BIBLE. 75 
 
 A. D. 28. 
 
 May 14. 
 
 May 15. 
 
 „ 26. 
 
 Nov. 1. 
 
 Christ chooses twelve apostles." Delivers a dis- 
 course. 
 
 Mark,iii. 13—15. (Luke, vi. 12, 13.) ; Matt, 
 x. 2—4. (Mark, iii. 16—19. ; Luke, vi. 
 14—16.) ; Luke, vi. 17—49. 
 
 Centurion's servant healed. 6 
 
 Luke, vii. 1, 2. ; Matt. viii. 5, 6. (Luke, vii. 
 3.) ; Luke, vii. 4, 5. ; Matt. viii. 7. (Luke, 
 vii. 6.) ; Matt. viii. 8—10. (Luke, vii. 6— 
 9.); Matt. viii. 11—13.; Matt. viii. 13. 
 (Luke, vii. 10.) 
 
 Widow's son raised to life. c Luke, vii. 11 — 16. 
 
 John Baptist sends a message to Christ.^ 
 
 Luke, vii. 17, 18. ; Matt. xi. 2, 3. (Luke, vii. 
 19.) ; Luke, vii. 20, 21. ; Matt. xi. 4—6. 
 (Luke, vii. 22, 23.) 
 
 Christ's testimony of John. d He upbraids the 
 Jews. 
 
 Matt. xi. 7—11. (Luke, vii. 24—28.); Matt. 
 xi. 12—15. ; Luke, vii. 29, 30. (Matt. xi. 
 16—19. (Luke, vii. 31—35.) ; Matt. xi. 
 20—30. 
 
 Christ forgives the woman who had been a sinner. e 
 
 Luke, vii. 36 — 50. 
 
 Christ again preaches throughout Galilee. 
 
 Luke, viii. 1 — 3. 
 
 Christ heals a demoniac. 6 The conduct of the 
 Scribes and Pharisees. 
 
 Mark, iii. 19—21. ; Matt. xii. 22, 23. ; Matt, 
 xii. 24—26. (Mark, iii. 22—26.) ; Matt, 
 xii. 27, 28. ; Matt. xii. 29—32. (Mark, iii. 
 27—29.); Mark, iii. 30.; Matt. xii. 33—45. 
 
 Place. — a, Mount in Galilee, b, Capernaum, c, Nain. d, On a tour. 
 e, In a Pharisee's house. 
 
A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 A. D. 5JS. 
 
 Nov. 1. 
 
 of the will of God to be 
 (Mark, iii. 31- 
 
 -35. 
 
 by 
 
 Christ declares the doers 
 his real kindred. a 
 Matt. xii. 46—50. 
 Luke, viii. 19—21.) 
 
 Parable of the Sower. 6 Reasons for teachin 
 parables. 
 
 Matt. xiii. 1—9. (Mark, iv. 1 — 9. ; Luke, 
 viii. 4—8.) ; Matt. xiii. 10—17. 
 
 Parable of the Tares. c Growth of seed. Mustard- 
 seed, &c. 
 
 Matt. xiii. 24—30. ; Mark, iv. 26—29.; Matt, 
 xiii. 31, 32. (Mark, iv. 30—32.); Matt, 
 xiii. 33. ; Matt. xiii. 34. (Mark, iv. 33, 
 34.) ; Matt. xiii. 35. 
 
 Christ explains the parables of the Sower and 
 Tares. 6 Speaks the parables of Hidden Treasures ; 
 Pearl of great price, &c. 
 
 Matt. xiii. 36. / p. ; Mark, iv. 10—12. 
 (Luke, viii. 9, 10.) ; Mark, iv. 13. ; Matt, 
 xiii. 18. ; Mark, iv. 14. (Luke, viii. 11.) ; 
 Matt. xiii. 19—23. (Mark, iv. 15—20. ; 
 Luke, viii. 12—15.) ; Mark, iv. 21—25. 
 (Luke, viii. 16 — 18.) ; Matt. xiii. 36—52. 
 
 Christ on the lake. 6 Calms the tempest. Lands 
 on the other side. Cures a demoniac. 
 
 Matt. xiii. 53. ; Matt. viii. 18. (Mark, iv. 
 35.) ; Matt. viii. 19—22. ; Matt. viii. 23 
 —27. (Mark, iv. 36—41. ; Luke, viii. 22 
 — 25.) ; Matt. viii. 28. (Mark, v. 1—3. ; 
 Luke, viii. 26, 27.) ; Mark, v. 3—5. ; 
 Matt. viii. 29. (Mark, v. 6, 7. ; Luke, viii. 
 28.): Mark, v. 8—10. ; Luke, viii. 29—31.; 
 Matt. viii. 30—34. (Mark, v. 11—17.; 
 Luke, viii. 32—37.); Mark, v. 18—20. 
 (Luke, viii. 37—39.) 
 
 Place. — a, Capernaum, b, Sea of Galilee, c, Gadera. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 Nov. 2.' Christ defends his disciples respecting fasting." 
 
 Matt. ix. 1. ; Mark, v. 21. (Luke, viii. 40.) ; 
 Matt. ix. 10—17. 
 
 Christ heals the woman's issue. 6 Raises Jairus' 
 daughter to life. 
 
 Matt. ix. 18—26. (Mark, v. 22—43. ; Luke, 
 viii. 41—46.) 
 
 Christ cures two blind men and a dumb demoniac. 6 
 
 Matt. ix. 27—34. 
 
 Nov. 4. Christ treated with scorn. 6 Makes a third tour. a 
 Mark, vi. 1. ; Matt. xiii. 54—58. (Mark, vi. 
 2—6./. p.) ; Matt. ix. 35. (Mark, vi. 6. 1, p.) 
 
 SECTION IV. 
 
 A. D. 29. 
 
 Feb. 14! Christ commissions his twelve apostles, and sends 
 them forth with powers. 6 
 
 Matt. ix. 36 — 38. ; Matt. x. 1. (Mark, vi. 
 7. ; Luke, ix. 1.) ; Luke, ix. 2. ; Matt. x. 
 5—8.; Matt. x. 9— 11. (Mark, vi. 8— 10. ; 
 Luke, ix. 3,4.) ; Matt. x. 12, 13. ; Matt. 
 x. 14. (Mark, vi. M.f.p. ; Luke, ix. 5.) ; 
 Matt, x, 15. (Mark, vi. 11. 1, p.); Matt, 
 x. 16—42. ; Matt. xi. 1. ; Mark, vi. 12, 13. 
 (Luke, ix. 6.) 
 
 Mar. 4. John Baptist beheaded. 
 
 Matt. xiv. 6, 7. (Mark, vi. 21—23.) ; Mark, 
 vi. 24. ; Matt. xiv. 8—12. (Mark, vi. 25— 
 29.) 
 
 Herod (Tetrarch) desires to see Jesus. c 
 
 Matt. xiv. 1, 2. (Mark, vi. 14—16. ; Luke, ix. 
 7—9.) 
 
 Place. — a, Nazareth, b, Capernaum, c, Galilee. 
 
78 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 A. D. 29. 
 
 April 5. 
 
 April 6. 
 
 29. 
 
 May 11. 
 
 Apostles return." The five thousand fed. 
 
 Mark, vi. 30. (Luke, ix. 10./. p.) ; Mark, vi. 
 31.; Matt. xiv. 13, 14. (Mark, vi. 32— 34. ; 
 Luke, ix. 10. I. p., 11.; John, vi. 1, 2.); 
 John, vi. 3 — 7.; Matt. xiv. 15. (Mark, vi. 
 35, 36. ; Luke, ix. 12.) ; Matt. xiv. 16—21. 
 (Mark, vi. 37—44.; Luke, ix. 13—17. ; John, 
 vi. 8—13.) ; John, vi. 14. 
 
 Christ walks on the sea. 6 Peter's want of faith. 
 Matt. xiv. 22—27. (Mark, vi. 45—50. ; John, 
 vi. 15—20.) ; Matt. xiv. 28—31. ; Matt. xiv. 
 32, 33. (Mark, vi. 51, 52. ; John, vi. 21.) 
 
 Christ heals many. c Teaches in the Synagogue. 
 Matt. xiv. 34—36. (Mark, vi. 53—56.) ; John, 
 vi. 22—71. 
 
 Christ converses with the Scribes and Pharisees 
 on the Jewish traditions/ 
 
 Matt. xv. 1. (Mark, vii. 1.) ; Mark, vii. 2— 
 4. ; Matt. xv. 2—6. f. p. (Mark, vii. 5, 
 9—11.) ; Mark, vii. 12. ; Matt. xv. 6. /. p. 
 (Mark, vii. 13.); Matt. xv. 7— 9. (Mark, 
 vii. 6, 7.) ; Mark, vii. 8. ; Matt. xv. 10, 
 11. (Mark, vii. 14, 15.); Mark, vii. 16, 
 17./. p. ; Matt. xv. 12—14. ; Matt. xv. 15 
 —20. (Mark, vii. 17. I p., 23.) 
 
 Christ heals the Syrophenician's daughter.** 
 Matt. xv. 21—28. (Mark, vii. 24—30.) 
 
 The deaf and dumb man, and many others healed/ 
 Matt. xv. 29. (Mark, vii. 31.); Mark, vii. 32 
 —37.; Matt. xv. 29—31. 
 
 Four thousand fed from seven loaves and a few 
 fishes/ 
 
 Matt. xv. 32—36. (Mark, viii. 1—6.) ; Mark, 
 viii. 7. ; Matt. xv. 37, 38. (Mark, viii. 8, 9.) 
 
 Place. — a, Desert of Bethsaida. b, Lake of Germesaret. c, Capernaum. 
 d, Coasts of Tyre, e, Decapolis. /, Sea-side. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 79 
 
 A. D. 2". 
 
 May 13. 
 
 The Pharisees and Sadducees require a sij 
 
 Christ cautions his disciples against their hypo- 
 xvi. 1. (Mark, viii. 10, 11.); 
 
 crisy. 
 
 Mark, xv. 39 
 
 Matt. xvi. 2—4./. p. Mark, viii. .12. 
 Matt. xvi. 4. I. p.— 11. (Mark, viii. 13- 
 21.; Matt. xvi. 12.) 
 
 A blind man healed.'' Mark, viii. 22—26. 
 
 Peter confesses Christ to be the Messiah. 
 Matt. xvi. 13 — 16. (Mark, viii. 27 
 
 Luke, ix. 18 — 20.) 
 
 Matt. 
 21.) 
 
 xvi. 20. (Mark, 
 
 29.; 
 
 Matt. xvi. 17 — 19. ; 
 viii. 30. ; Luke, ix. 
 
 26. 
 
 Christ foreshoweth his death and resurrection. 
 Matt. xvi. 21. (Mark, viii. 31. ; Luke, ix. 22.) ; 
 Matt. xvi. 22, 23. (Mark, viii. 32, 33.); 
 Matt. xvi. 24—26. /. p. (Mark, viii. 34— 
 36. ; Luke, ix. 23—25.) ; Matt. xvi. 26. I p. 
 (Mark, viii. 37.) ; Matt. xvi. 27. ; Mark, viii. 
 38. (Luke, ix. 26.); Matt. xvi. 28. (Mark, 
 ix. 1. ; Luke, ix. 27.) 
 
 SECTION Y. 
 
 The Transfiguration. 6 * Converse about Elias. 
 Matt. xvii. 1 — 3. (Mark, ix. 2 — 4. ; Luke, ix. 
 28—30.) ; Luke, ix. 31, 32. ; Matt. xvii. 4, 
 5. (Mark, ix. 5—7. ; Luke, ix. 33—35.) ; 
 Matt. xvii. 6, 7. ; Matt. xvii. 8. (Mark, ix. 
 8. ; Luke, ix. 36./. p.) ; Luke, ix. 36. I. p. ; 
 Matt. xvii. 9—12. (Mark, ix. 9—13.); 
 Matt. xvii. 13. 
 
 Place. — a, Magdala. b, Bethsaida. c, coast of Csesarea-Philippi. 
 d, Mount Tabor. 
 
80 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 A. D. 29. 
 
 May 27. 
 
 Sept. 26. 
 
 Oct. 12. 
 
 16. 
 
 Christ casts out the deaf and dumb spirit (which 
 the disciples could iiot). a Again foretells his 
 death, &c. 
 
 Mark, ix. 14. (Luke, ix. 37.) ; Mark, ix. 15, 
 16. ; Matt. xvii. 14—17. (Mark, ix. 17— 
 19. ; Luke, ix. 38—41.) ; Mark, ix. 20. 
 (Luke, ix. 42. / p.) ; Mark, ix. 21—24. ; 
 Matt. xvii. 18, (Mark, ix. 25—27. ; Luke, 
 ix. 42. /. p.) ; Matt. xvii. 19. (Mark, ix. 
 28.); Matt. xvii. 20.; Matt. xvii. 21. 
 (Mark, ix. 29.) ; Luke, ix. 43./ p. ; Mark, 
 ix. 30. (John, vii. 1.) ; Matt. xvii. 22, 23. 
 (Mark, ix. 31, 32. ; Luke, ix. 43. I. p.— 
 45.) 
 
 The disciples dispute respecting who should be the 
 superior among them. 6 Christ enters Caper- 
 naum. Sends Peter to the lake to obtain the 
 tribute-money, which is miraculously taken out 
 of the fish's mouth. 
 
 Luke, ix. 46. ; Mark, ix. 33. ; Matt. xvii. 24 
 —27. 
 
 While Peter is gone to the lake, Christ asks his 
 disciples the purport of their dispute by the 
 way. Peter returns. Christ resumes the 
 subject. Inculcates the necessity of his disci- 
 ples having union among them. Other topics. 
 How oft we should forgive. c 
 
 Matt. ix. 33—40. (Luke, ix. 47—50.); 
 Mark, ix. 41 — 50. ; Matt, xviii. 
 
 Christ goes secretly to the Feast of Tabernacles.^ 
 
 John, vii. 2—1 3. 
 
 Teaches in the Templet 
 
 John, vii. 14 — 53. ; viii. 1. 
 
 Place. — a, Galilee, b, on the way to Capernaum, c, Capernaum. 
 d, Jerusalem. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 a. n. 29. 
 Oct. 18. 
 
 Dec. 23. 
 
 A. D. 30. 
 Jan. 7. 
 
 2.3. 
 
 24. 
 
 Mar. 10. 
 
 Mar. 16. 
 
 The Pharisees bring the Adulteress before him. a 
 
 John, viii. 2 — 11. 
 
 Discourses. A blind man cured. The miracle 
 questioned by the Pharisees.* 
 
 John, viii. 12 — 59.; ix., x. 1 — 21. 
 
 Christ attends the Feast of the Dedication. His 
 discourses." Retires beyond Jordan. 
 
 John, x. 22—42. 
 
 Christ raises Lazarus. 6 The Pharisees informed 
 thereof. John, xi. 1 — 45. ; 46 — 54. 
 
 On the road to Capernaum. Disciples rebuked for 
 wishing the fire of heaven to be called down on 
 the Samaritans. Several would follow him 
 upon their own conditions. Luke, ix. 51 — 62. 
 
 The Seventy disciples sent forth."" Their return. d 
 
 Luke, x. 1—24. 
 
 Parable of the Good Samaritan. 6 * Luke, x. 25 — 37. 
 
 Martha reproved. Mary commended. 6 
 
 Luke, x. 38—42. 
 
 The Disciples taught to pray. A dumb spirit 
 cast out. Pharisees, Scribes, and Lawyers, re- 
 buked. 6 Luke, xi. 
 
 Christ delivers various forewarnings and exhort- 
 ations. The fruitless fig-tree. e 
 
 Luke, xii., xiii. 1 — 9. 
 
 The woman unable to walk upright, cured on the 
 Sabbath-day. Parable of the Mustard-seed and 
 Leaven/ Luke, xiii. 10 — 21. 
 
 Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, Bethany, c, Samaria, d, Capernaum, e, On 
 a tour. 
 
82 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 Mar. 20. Answers the question whether few or many will 
 be saved. Luke, xiii. 22 — 30. Christ laments 
 over Jerusalem. 3 Luke, xiii. 30 — 35. 
 
 Christ dines with a Pharisee on the Sabbath-day. 
 His actions are watched. His actions and dis- 
 courses. Parable of the Marriage Supper, &c. 
 
 Luke, xiv. 
 Parables of the Lost Sheep and Prodigal Son. 6 
 
 Luke, xv. 
 Unjust Steward. Dives and Lazarus. 6 Luke, xvi. 
 
 Christ teaches forgiveness. Heals ten lepers. 6 
 
 Luke, xviii. 19. 
 
 26. Christ proceeds from Galilee into Berea.* 
 
 Matt. xix. 1, 2. (Mark, x. 1.) 
 
 Christ discourses respecting the coming of the 
 Son of Man. 6 Luke, xvii. 20—37. 
 
 Parables. The Importunate "Widow. The proud 
 Pharisee, and the humble Publican. 6 
 
 Luke, xviii. 1 — 14. 
 
 Mar. 28., Christ's teaching respecting divorce. 6 
 
 Matt. xix. 3. (Mark, x. 2.); Mark, x. 3 — 5.; 
 Matt. xix. 4—6. (Mark, x. 6—9.) ; Matt, 
 xix. 7—9. ; Mark, x. 10 — 12. ; Matt. xix. 
 10—12. 
 29. Christ blesses little children. 6 
 Matt. xix. 13, 14. 
 
 xviii. 15, 16.); Mark, x. 15. (Luke, xviii. 
 17.); Matt. xix. 15. (Mark, x. 16.) 
 
 The young ruler. Danger of riches. 6 
 
 Matt. xix. 16—23. (Mark, x. 17—23. ; Luke, 
 xviii. 18—24.) ; Mark, x. 24. ; Matt. xix. 
 24—27. (Mark, x. 25—23. ; Luke, xviii. 25 
 —28.); Matt. xix. 28.; Matt. xix. 29, 30.; 
 (Mark, x. 29—31. ; Luke, xviii. 29, 30.) 
 
 Place. — a, Bethany, b, On a tour. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 83 
 
 A.D. SO. 
 
 Mar. 29. 
 
 Mar. £0. 
 
 Sam-day 
 
 evening, 
 
 after 
 
 sunset. 
 
 Mar. 31. 
 Sunday. 
 
 Parable of the Vineyard and its Labourers." 
 
 Matt. xxi. 16. 
 
 Christ again foretells his passion and death. 6 
 Mark, x. 32.; Matt. xx. 17—19. (Mark, x. 
 32—34.; Luke, xviii. 31— 33.); Luke, xviii. 
 34. 
 
 Requests of Zebedee's wife for her sons. 6 
 
 Matt. xx. 20—28. (Mark, x. 35—45.) 
 
 Christ cures a blind man. c Luke, xviii. 35 — 43. 
 
 Another blind man cured/ 
 
 Mark, x. 46./. p. ; Luke, xix. 1. ; Matt. xx. 29. 
 —32f.p. (Mark, x. 46. I. p.— 49./. p.) ; 
 Mark, x. 49. I p. 50. ; Matt. xix. 32. 1 p.— 
 34. (Mark, 51, 52.) 
 
 Christ visits Zaccheus. 
 
 Parable of the Pounds/ 
 Luke, xix. 2 — 27. 
 
 Christ stays at Bethlehem on his way to Jeru- 
 salem, f 
 
 John, xi. 55 — 57.; Luke, xix. 28.; John, 
 xii. 1. 
 
 Christ anointed by Mary in the house of Simon. 
 Judas murmurs/ 
 
 Matt. xxvi. 6 — 9. (Mark, xiv. 3 — 5. ; John, 
 xii. 2 — 5.) ; John, xii. 6. ; Matt. xxvi. 10, 
 11. (Mark. xiv. 6, 7. ; John, xii. 7. 8.) ; 
 Matt. xxvi. 12, 13. (Mark, xiv. 8, 9.) ' 
 
 Numbers, during the day, come from Jerusalem to 
 Jesus and Lazarus. f John, xii. 9 — 11. 
 
 Place. — a, On a tour, b, On the way to Jerusalem, c, Entering Jericho. 
 d, Going out of Jericho, e, Jericho, f, Bethany. 
 
A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 i a. n. 30. 
 j April 1. 
 
 Monday, 
 
 p. in. 
 
 April 2. 
 Tuesday, 
 
 AnrilS. 
 V\ canes ■ 
 dav. 
 
 SECTIOX VI. 
 
 Christ enters Jerusalem in Triumph. Some 
 
 Greeks desire to see Jesus. A voice, from 
 
 heaven, heard. Christ returns in the evening. 3 
 
 John, xii. 12, 13.: Matt. xxi. 1—3. (Mark, 
 
 xi. 1—3.; Luke, xix. 29—31.); Matt. 
 
 xxi. 4, 5. ; Mark, xi. 4 — 6. (Luke, xix. 
 
 32—34.) ; Matt xxi. 6, 7. (Mark, xi. 7., 
 
 Luke, xix. 35.) ; John, xii. 14 — 19. ; Matt. 
 
 xxi. 8. (Mark, xi. 8. ; Luke, xix. 36.) ; 
 
 Luke, xix. 37 — 40. ; Matt. xxi. 9. (Mark, 
 
 xi. 9, 10.) : Luke, xix. 41 — 44. ; Mark, xi. 
 
 11./. p.; Matt. xxi. 10, 11. 14—16.; John, 
 
 xii.' 20— 36. f.p. ; Matt. xxi. 17. (Mark, 
 
 xi. 11. /. p. ; John, xii. 36. /. p.) 
 
 The fig-tree cursed. 6 
 
 Matt. xxi. 18, 19. (Mark, xi. 12- 
 xxi. 20—22. 
 
 14.); Matt. 
 
 Christ a second time purges the Temple. Returns 
 in the evening. 3 
 
 Matt. xxi. 12. (Mark, xi. 15. ; Luke, xix. 
 45.); Mark, xi. 16.; Matt. xxi. 13. 
 (Mark, xi. 17. ; Luke, xix. 46.) ; Mark, xi. 
 18. (Luke, xix. 47, 48.) ; Mark, xi. 19. 
 
 Christ and his disciples discourse respecting the 
 fig-tree. 6 Mark, xi. 20—26. 
 
 ! Christ questioned by the chief priests concerning 
 his authority. 
 
 Matt. xxi. 23—27. (Mark. xi. 27—33.; 
 Luke, xx. 1—8.); Matt. xxi. 28—32. 
 
 Place. — a, Jerusalem and Bethany. b, On the road to Jerusalem. 
 c, Temple. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 a. n. 30. 
 April 3. 
 Wednes 
 day. 
 
 Parables of the Vineyard. Marriage feast." 
 
 Matt. xxi. 33—42./. p. (Mark, xii. 1—10. ; 
 Luke, xx. 9 — 17.) ; Matt. xxi. 42. I. p. ; 
 (Mark, xii. 11.); Matt. xxi. 43. Matt. xxi. 
 44. (Luke, xx. 18.); Matt. xxi. 45.; Matr. 
 xxi. 46. (Mark, xii. 12. ; Luke, xx. 19.); 
 Matt. xxii. 1—14. 
 
 Christ's reply to the Herodians about paying 
 tribute." 
 
 Matt. xxii. 15.; Matt. xxii. 16 — g2. (Mark, 
 xii. 13—17. ; Luke, xx. 20—26.) 
 Christ replies to the Sadducees on the resur- 
 rection." 
 
 Matt, xxii. 23—28. (Mark, xii. 18—23. , 
 Luke, xx. 27—33.) ; Matt. xxii. 29. ; 
 (Mark, xii. 24.) ; Luke, xx. 34. ; Matt. 
 xxii. 30—32. (Mark, xii. 25—27- ; Luke, 
 xx. 35 — 38.) ; Matt xxii. 33.; Luke, xx. 
 39, 40. 
 Christ's reply to the Lawyer in answer to, Which 
 is the greatest commandment. 
 
 Matt. xxii. 34., Matt. xxii. 35—39. (Mark, 
 xii. 28 — 31.); Matt. xxii. 4. ; Mark, xii, 
 32—34. 
 
 Christ interrogates the Pharisees respecting the 
 Messiah." 
 
 Matt. xxii. 41—43. ; Mark, xii. 35. (Luke, 
 xx. 41.) ; Matt. xxii. 44, 45. (Mark, xii. 
 36, 37. f.p. ; Luke, xxii. 42—44.) ; Mark, 
 xii. 37. I. p. ; Matt. xxii. 46. 
 
 Christ cautions the disciples against the Scribes 
 and Pharisees." 
 
 Mark, xii. 38 — 40.; Luke, xx. 45—47. 
 
 Widow's mites commended." 
 
 Mark, xii. 41—44. (Luke, xxi. 1—4.) 
 
 Place. — a, Temple. 
 
 G o 
 
8G 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 A. D. 30. 
 
 April 3. 
 Wednes. 
 
 Wed. p.m. 
 
 Night. 
 
 Christ on the blindness of the Jews. a 
 
 John, xii. 37 — 50. 
 Scribes and Pharisees denounced. Matt, xxiii. 
 
 Christ foretells the destruction of Jerusalem, and 
 the end of the world. 6 
 
 Matt. xxiv. 1 — 9. (Mark, xiii. 1 — 9. ; Luke, 
 xxi. 5 — 13.); Mark, xiii. 10, 11.; Luke, 
 xxi. 14, 15. ; Matt. xxiv. 10. ; Mark, xiii. 
 12, 13./. p. (Luke, xxi. 16, 17.) ; Luke, 
 xxi. 18, 19.; Matt. xxiv. 11, 12.; Matt, 
 xxiv. 13. (Mark, xiii. 13. 1, p.); Matt. xxiv. 
 14. ; Matt. xxiv. 15, 16. (Mark, xiii. 14. ; 
 Luke, xxi. 20,21.); Matt. xxiv. 17, 18. 
 (Mark, xiii. 15, 16.) ; Luke, xxi. 22. ; Matt, 
 xxiv. 19. (Mark, xiii. 17. ; Luke, xxi. 
 23.); Matt. xxiv. 20—22. (Mark, 
 xiii. 18—20.) ; Luke, xxi. 23. /. p. ; 
 Matt. xxiv. 23—25. (Mark, xiii. 21— 
 23.); Matt. xxiv. 26—28., Matt. xxiv. 
 29, 30. (Mark, xiii. 24—26. ; Luke, xxi. 
 25—27.) ; Matt. xxiv. 31. (Mark, xiii. 
 27.) ; Luke, xxi. 28. ; Matt. xxiv. 32—35. 
 (Mark, xiii. 28—31. ; Luke. xxi. 29— 33.); 
 Luke, xxi. 34 — 36. ; Matt. xxiv. 36. ; 
 (Mark, xiii. 32, 33.) ; Matt. xxiv. 37—42.; 
 Mark, xiii. 34—36. ; Matt. xxiv. 43, 44. ; 
 Mark, xiii. 37. 
 
 Christ coming to Judgment. Parables of the 
 Talents, and of the Virgins. 6 
 
 Matt. xxiv. 45 — 51. ; xxv. 
 
 Judas agrees with the chief priest to betray Jesus. c 
 Matt.'xxvi. 1—3., Matt. xxvi. 4, 5, 14 — 16. ; 
 (Mark, xiv. 1, 2. 10, 11.; Luke, xxii. 1—6.); 
 Luke, xxi. 37, 38. 
 
 Place. — a, Temple, b, Going out of the Temple to the Mount of Olives. 
 c, Jerusalem. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 87 
 
 SECTION VII. 
 
 April 4! The Passover prepared." 
 
 Luke, xxii. 7, 8. ; Matt. xxvi. 17—19. (Mark, 
 xiv. 12—16. ; Luke, xxii. 9—13). 
 
 Christ partakes of his last passover." 
 
 Matt. xxvi. 20. (Mark, xiv. 17. ; Luke, xxii. 
 14.) ; Luke, xxii. 15 — 18. 
 
 Christ teaches humility by washing his disciples' 
 feet." John, xiii. 1 — 17. 
 
 Christ institutes the first part of the Lord's Sup- 
 per." 
 
 [See 1 Cor. xi. 23, 24.] Matt. xxvi. 26. 
 (Mark, xiv. 22. ; Luke, xxii. 19.) 
 
 Christ intimates who should betray him." 
 
 Luke, xxii. 21, 22. ; John, xiii, 18—20. ; Matt. 
 xxvi. 21. (Mark, xiv. 18.; John, xiii. 21.); 
 Luke, xxii. 23. (John, xiii. 22.) ; Matt. xxvi. 
 22—24. (Mark, xiv. 19—21.); John, xiii. 
 23—29. ; Matt. xxvi. 25. ; John, xiii. 30. 
 
 The disciples consoled." Peter warned. 
 
 John, xiii. 31—38. 
 
 Christ reproves his disciples' ambition." Peter 
 again warned. Luke, xxii. 24 — 38. 
 
 Christ institutes the second part of the Lord's 
 Supper. 
 
 [See 1 Cor. xi. 25.] Matt. xvi. 27, 28. 
 (Mark, xiv. 23, 24. ; Luke, xxii. 20.) ; Matt, 
 xxvi. 29. (Mark, xiv. 25.) 
 
 Place. — a, Jerusalem. 
 
 G 4 
 
ss 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 A.D. SO. 
 
 April 4. 
 Thursday 
 evening, 
 Midnight. 
 
 April 5. 
 Friday 
 morning. 
 la.m. 
 
 2-3 a. m. 
 
 Christ discourses with his disciples." ... John, xiv. 
 
 Christ proceeds to the Mount of Olives. 6 
 
 Matt. xxvi. 30. (Mark, xiv. 26. ; Luke. xxii. 
 39.) 
 
 Continues his comforting discourse. 6 Prays for 
 his followers. John, xv., xvi., xvii. 
 
 Christ again predicts Peter's denial of him. 6 
 
 Matt. xxvi. 31—35. (Mark, xiv. 27 — 31.) 
 
 Christ's Agony and Bloody Sweat. c 
 
 Matt. xxvi. 36. (Mark, xiv. 32. ; Luke, xxii. 
 40. ; John, xviii. 1.) ; Matt. xxvi. 37, 38. 
 (Mark, xiv. 33, 34=) ; Matt. xxvi. 39. ; (Mark, 
 xiv. 35, 36. ; Luke, xxii. 41, 42.) ; Luke, 
 xxii. 43, 44. ; Matt. xxvi. 40—43. (Mark, 
 xiv. 37 — 40.; Matt. xxvi. 44.; Matt. xxvi. 45, 
 46. (Mark, xiv. 41, 42.); Luke, xxii. 45, 46. 
 
 Christ Betrayed. His Apprehension. 
 
 John, xviii. 2, 3. ; Matt. xxvi. 47. (Mark, xiv. 
 43. ; Luke, xxii. 47.) ; John, xviii. 4 — 9. ; 
 Matt. xxvi. 48, 49. (Mark, xiv. 44, 45.) ; 
 Matt. xxvi. 50. /. p. (Luke, xxii. 48. ) ; 
 Matt. xxvi. 50. I. p. (Mark, xiv. 46.); Luke, 
 xxii. 49. ; Matt. xxvi. 51. (Mark, xiv. 47. ; 
 Luke, xxii. 50. ; John, xviii. 10.) ; Luke, 
 xxii. 51.; Matt. xxvi. 52. (John, xviii. 11.); 
 Matt. xxvi. 53, 54. ; Matt. xxvi. 55, 56. f. p. 
 (Mark, xiv. 48, 49. ; Luke, xxii. 52, 53.) ; 
 Matt. xxvi. 56. 1, p. (Mark, xiv. 50.) ; Mark, 
 xiv. 51, 52. 
 
 Christ brought before Annas and Caiaphas.^ 
 Peter denies him. 
 
 Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, On the -way to and at the Mount of Olives. 
 c, Gethsemane. d, Palace of Caiaphas. 
 
OP THE BIBLE. 
 
 89 
 
 A.D.30. 
 
 Friday 
 morning, 
 4 — 5 a. m. 
 
 John, xviii. 12 — 14.; Matt. xxvi. 57. (Mark, 
 xiv. 53. ; Luke, xxii. 54. f. p.~) ; Matt. xxvi. 
 58. (Mark, xiv. 54. ; Luke, xxii. 54. /. p. 
 55.; John, xviii. 15, 16, 18.); John, xviii. 
 1-9—24.; Matt. xxvi. 59—66. (Mark, xiv. 
 55 — 64.) ; Luke, xxii. 63. ; Matt. xxvi. 67, 
 68. (Mark, xiv. 65. ; Luke, xxii. 64.) ; Luke, 
 xxii. 65. ; Matt. xxvi. 69 — 74. (Mark, xiv. 
 66 — 72. /. p. ; Luke, xxii. 56 — 60. ; John, 
 xviii. 17, 25—27.); Matt. xxvi. 75. (Mark, 
 xiv. 72. I. p. ; Luke, xxii. 61, 62.) 
 
 Christ brought before the Sanhedrim. 
 
 Judas' 
 remorse. 
 
 Matt, xxvii. 1. (Mark, xv. l.f.p.; Luke, 
 xxii. 66.); Luke, xxii. 67— 71. ; Matt. 
 xxvii. 2. (Mark, xv. 1. 1. p. ; Luke, xxiii. 
 1.) ; Matt, xxvii. 3 — 10. 
 
 Christ is led before Pilate. 6 
 
 John, xviii. 28— SS.f.p. ; Matt, xxvii. 11./ p.; 
 Luke, xxiii. 2.; Matt, xxvii. 11. 1. p. (Mark, xv. 
 2.f.p. ; Luke, xxiii. S.f.p. ; John, xviii. 33. 
 /. p.); John, xviii. 34—37./ p. ; Matt, xxvii. 
 11. /. p. (Mark, xv. 2. 1. p: ; Luke, xxiii. 
 Z.l.p. John, xviii. 37. m.p.) ; John, xviii. 
 37. 2. p., 38. f. p. ; Luke, xxiii. 4. (John, 
 xviii. 38. /. p.) ; Matt, xxvii. 12—14. (Mark, 
 xv. 3—5.) 
 
 Pilate sends Christ to Herod.' 
 
 Luke, xxiii. 5 — 12. 
 
 Place. — a, Council chamber. b, Judgment hall, or Praetorium. 
 c, Herodium. 
 
90 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 A.D. 30. 
 
 April 5. 
 7 a.m. 
 
 Christ again brought to Pilate. Declares his in- 
 nocence. 
 
 Luke, xxiii. 13 — 16.; Matt, xxvii. 15,16. 
 (Mark, xv. 6, 7. ; Luke, xxiii. 19. ; John, 
 xviii. 40. I. p.); Mark, xv. 8. ; Luke, xxiii. 
 17.; Matt, xxvii. 17. ; Mark, xv. 9. ; John, 
 xviii. 39.) ; Matt, xxvii. 18. (Mark, xv. 
 10.) ; Matt, xxvii. 19. ; Matt, xxvii. 20. ; 
 Mark, xv. 11.); Luke, xiii. 18. (John, 
 xviii. 40./ p.) ; Matt, xxvii. 21.; Matt, 
 xxvii. 22, 23. (Mark, xv. 12—14. ; Luke, 
 xxiii. 20—23.); Matt, xxvii. 24, 25. ; Luke, 
 xxiii. 24. ; Matt, xxvii. 26. /. p. (Mark, 
 xv. 15. f. p.; Luke, xxiii. 25./. p.) 
 
 Christ is scourged." Mocked. Pilate tries to re- 
 lease him. Finally delivered to be crucified. 
 Matt, xxvii. 26. I. p. (Mark, xv. 15. I. p. ; 
 Luke, xxiii. 25. 1. p. ; John, xix. 1.) ; Matt. 
 xxvii. 27—30. (Mark, xv. 16—19. ; John, 
 xix. 2, 3.) ; John, xix. 4 — 16./ p. ; Matt, 
 xxvii. 31. (Mark, xv. 20. ; John, xix. 
 16. 1, p.) 
 
 The Crucifixion of our Lord. 6 
 
 John, xix. 17.; Matt, xxvii. 32. (Mark, xv. 
 21. ; Luke, xxiii. 26.); Luke, xxiii. 27 — 32. ; 
 Matt, xxvii. 33, 34. (Mark, xv. 22, 23.); 
 Matt, xxvii. 38. (Mark, xv. 25—27. ; Luke, 
 xxiii. 33. ; John, xix. 18.) ; Mark, xv. 28. ; 
 Luke, xxiii. 34./. p.; Matt, xxvii. 37. (Mark, 
 xv. 26. ; Luke, xxiii. 38. ; John, xix. 19.) ; 
 John, xix. 20 — 22. ; Matt, xxvii. 35, (Mark, 
 xv. 24. ; Luke, xxiii. 34. /. p. ; John, xix. 23, 
 24.); Matt, xxvii. 36. ; Luke, xxiii. 35 — 
 37. Matt, xxvii. 39—42. (Mark, xv. 29— 
 32./ p.) ; Matt, xxvii. 43. ; Matt, xxvii. 44. 
 (Mark, xv. 32. /. p.) ; Luke, xxiii. 39—43. ; 
 
 Place. — a, Judgment hall, or Prsetorium. b, Calvary. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 91 
 
 John, xix. 25—27. ; Matt, xxvii. 45. (Mark, 
 xv. 33.; Luke, xxiii. 44, 45./ p.); Matt, 
 xxvii. 46, 47. (Mark, xv. 34, 35.); John, 
 xix. 28. ; Matt, xxvii. 48. (Mark, xv. 36. 
 / p. ; John, xix. 29.); Matt, xxvii. 49. (Mark, 
 xv. 36. 1. p.); Matt, xxvii. 50. (Mark, xv. 
 37. ; Luke, xxiii. 46. ; John, xix. 30.) ; Matt. 
 xxvii. 51./. p. (Mark, xv. 38. ; Luke, xxiii. 
 45. I p.); Matt, xxvii. 51. I. p., 52./. p.; 
 Matt, xxvii. 54. (Mark, xv. 39. ; Luke, xxiii. 
 47.) ; Luke, xxiii. 48. ; Matt, xxvii. 55. 
 (Mark, xv. 40. f.p. ; Luke, xxiii. 49.); Matt. 
 xxvii. 56. (Mark, xv. 40. /. jo., 41.) ; John, 
 xix. 31—37. 
 
 • The Burial of Christ.* 
 
 Matt, xxvii. 57—60. (Mark, xv. 42— 46.; Luke, 
 xxiii. 50 — 53. ; John, xix. 38 — 42.) ; Luke, 
 xxiii. 54. 
 
 Mary Magdalene, the other Mary, and the women 
 from Galilee, notice where Christ is laid." 
 
 Mark, xv. 47. (Luke, xxiii. 55.) 
 
 The women from Galilee return home before the 
 Sabbath began, to prepare the spices." 
 
 Luke, xxiii. 56. 
 
 Mary Magdalene and the other Mary stay at the 
 Sepulchre till too late to buy the spices." 
 
 Matt, xxvii. 61. 
 
 The Sabbath ended. Guards procured to watch 
 the Sepulchre. The Sepulchre sealed." 
 
 Matt, xxvii. 62—66. 
 
 The Sabbath ended. Mary Magdalene, the other 
 Mary, and Salome buy the spices to anoint the 
 body of Jesus." Mark, xvi. 1 . 
 
 Place. — a, Garden of Gethsemane. 
 
92 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 SECTION VIII. 
 
 A. D. 30. 
 
 April 7. 
 
 morning, 
 4 a. m. 
 
 FROM THE RESURRECTION TO THE ASCENSION. 
 
 Mary Magdalene, the other Mary, and Salome set 
 out to visit the Sepulchre, to weep there and to 
 embalm the body of Jesus. a 
 
 Matt, xxviii. 1. (Mark, xvi. 2. ; John, xx. 1.) 
 
 Before they reach, the tomb, Christ rises from the 
 dead. Matt, xxviii. 2 — 4. 
 
 The bodies of many saints arise and appear in the 
 city. 6 Matt, xxvii. 52, 53. 
 
 The women on arriving at the tomb, find the stone 
 removed"; on seeing which, Mary Magdalene 
 leaves the other two women and runs to tell 
 Peter. 
 
 Matt. xvi. 2, 3. ; Matt. xvi. 4. (John, xx. 
 1.) ; John, xx. 2. 
 
 During the absence of Mary Magdalene, the other 
 two women enter the porch of the tomb, and see 
 one angel, who bids them go, and inform the 
 disciples ; which they do immediately. 6 
 
 Mark, xvi. 5. ; Matt, xxviii. 5—8. (Mark, 
 xvi. 6—8.) 
 Peter and John (John outrunning Peter) hasten 
 to the Sepulchre, and having inspected it, im- 
 mediately depart. John, xx. 3 — 10. 
 
 Mary Magdalene having returned with Peter and 
 John, remains at the tomb, weeping. She, looking 
 into the Sepulchre, sees two angels — Jesus him- 
 self appears to her, and bids her go and tell the 
 disciples. 
 
 John, xx. 11 — 13.; Mark, xvi. 9. (John, 
 xx. 14.) ; John, xx. 15 — 17. 
 
 Place. — a, Gethsemane. b, Jerusalem. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 93 
 
 A.n.30. 
 April 7. 
 Sunday 
 morning, 
 5 — 6 a. m. 
 
 6 a. m. 
 
 3—7 a. m 
 
 Towards 
 evening 
 
 On her way to tell the disciples she meets Salome 
 and the other Mary. a Christ appears to the 
 three. Matt, xxviii. 9, 10. (John, xx. 18.) 
 
 The guard having fled from the Sepulchre, make 
 their report to the chief priests.* 
 
 Matt, xxviii. 11 — 15. 
 
 The second party of women from Galilee (the 
 chief of whom was Joanna, the wife of Chuza, 
 Herod's steward) — who had bought their spices 
 on the evening before the Sabbath, having had 
 a longer way to come, arrive after the departure 
 of the others. 6 Two angels appear to them 
 also. Luke, xxiv. 1 — 9. 
 
 They hasten to tell the disciples. On the way 
 they fall in with Mary Magdalene : they unite 
 their testimony. Mark, xvi. 10. ; Luke, xxiv. 10.) 
 
 The disciples are still doubtful (perhaps having 
 the same opinion as Mary Magdalene had at 
 first. " They have taken away my Lord, and I 
 know not where they have laid him.'") Peter, 
 however, is induced a second * time to run to 
 the Sepulchre. 
 
 Mark, xvi. 11. (Luke, xxiv. 11.); Luke, 
 xxiv. 12. 
 [* It must have been on this second visit that Christ appeared 
 
 to him. Compare Luke, xxiv. 34. with 1 Cor. xv. 5.] 
 
 Christ appears to the two disciples on their way 
 to Emmaus. c They return to Jerusalem ; and 
 while relating the circumstance to the disciples, 
 Christ appears suddenly to them all — Thomas 
 only being absent. 
 
 Mark, xvi. 12. (Luke, xxiv. 13.) 
 
 xxiv. 14—32.; Mark, xvi. 13. 
 xxiv. 33 — 35.) ; Luke, xxiv. 36. 
 xx. 19.); Luke, xxiv. 37 — 39.; 
 xxiv. 40. (John, xx. 20.) ; Luke 
 41_43. ; John, xx. 21—25. 
 
 Luke, 
 (Luke, 
 (John, 
 
 Luke, 
 , xxiv. 
 
 Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, Gethsemane. c, Emmaus to Jerusalc 
 
! A.D.3Q. 
 
 j April 1* 
 
 Sunday, 
 
 : towards 
 
 : evening. 
 
 Sunday 
 evening, 
 
 April 28. 
 
 }Iay 5. 
 
 May 15. 
 
 May 16. 
 
 Thursday. 
 
 Christ appears to the eleven — Thomas being 
 present." 
 
 Mark, xvi. 14. (John, xx. 26—29.) See 
 also 1 Cor. xv. 5. 
 
 Christ appears to a large number of his disciples. 6 
 Matt, xxviii. 16—18. See also 1 Cor. xv. 6. 
 
 Christ appears to several disciples. Miraculous 
 draught of fishes. Commands Peter to feed his 
 sheep. John, xxi. 1 — 24. 
 
 He expounds the Scriptures to his apostles. 3 
 
 Luke, xxiv. 44 — 49. ; Acts, i. 4, 5. 
 
 Our Blessed Lord's last commission to his dis- 
 ciples, and His Ascension."* 
 Luke, xxiv. 50. ; Acts, i. 6 — 8. ; Mark, xvi. 
 15. ; Matt, xxviii. 19, 20. ; Mark, xvi. 16 — 
 18.; Mark, xvi. 19. (Luke, xxiv. 50, 51.; 
 Acts, i. 9.) ; Acts, i. 10, 11. ; Luke, xxiv. 
 52. (Acts, i. 12.) ; Acts, i. 13, 14. ; Luke, 
 xxiv. 53.; Mark, xvi. 20.; John, xx. 30, 31.; 
 xxi. 25. 
 
 COLLECT FOR ASCENSION" 
 DAY. 
 
 Grant, we beseech Thee, Almighty 
 God, that, like as we do believe thy 
 only begotten Son, our Lord Jesus 
 Christ, to have ascended into the 
 heavens, so we may also in heart and 
 mind thither ascend, and with him 
 continuallv dwell, who liveth and reign- 
 eth with "Thee and the Holy Ghost, 
 one God, world without end. Amen. 
 
 SUNDAY AFTER ASCENSION 
 DAY. 
 
 O Goo, the King of Glory, who hast 
 exalted thy only Son Jesus Christ, with 
 great triumph, into thy kingdom in 
 heaven, we beseech Thee, leave ns not 
 comfortless, but send to us thy Holy 
 Ghost to comfort us, and exalt us to 
 the same place whither our Saviour 
 Christ is gone before, who liveth and 
 reigneth with Thee and the Holy Ghost, 
 one God, world without end. Amen. 
 
 Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, Galilee, c, Sea of Tiberias, d, Bethany. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 95 
 
 PART III. 
 
 THE APOSTOLIC AGE. 
 (A Period of 71 Years.) 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 Luke's Introduction to the Acts of the Apostles. 05 
 
 Acts, i. 1 — 3. 
 
 Matthias chosen to succeed Judas. " 
 
 Acts, i. 15—26. 
 
 Descent of the Holy Ghost. Gift of tongues. 
 Peter's sermon." Acts, ii. 1 — 41. 
 
 The unity of the primitive Church." 
 
 Acts, ii. 42 — 47. 
 
 The first exercise of miraculous power, by Peter 
 and John." Acts, iii. 1 — 11. 
 
 Peter's sermon on the occasion. They are ar- 
 rested." Acts, iii. 12 — 26. ; iv. 1 — 4. 
 
 Peter's defence before the council. The joy and 
 thanksgiving of the Church on their release." 
 
 Acts, iv. 5 — 31. 
 
 The unity and blessedness of the Church in 
 general, and of Joses or Barnabas in parti- 
 cular." Acts, iv. 32—37. 
 
 Hypocrisy of Ananias and Sapphira. Their aw- 
 ful death." Acts, v. 1 — 10. 
 
 Glorious increase of the Church." 
 
 Acts, v. 11, 13, 14, 12, 15, 16. 
 
 Place. — a, Jerusalem. 
 
95 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 A.D. 37. 
 
 March. 
 
 May. 
 
 May to 
 August. 
 
 Sept. 
 
 October. 
 
 a.d. ob 
 April. 
 
 a.d. 41. 
 April. 
 
 May. 
 
 The Apostles again imprisoned. An angel de- 
 livers them." Acts, v. 17 — 21. 
 
 They preach in the Temple. Brought before the 
 Sanhedrim. Peter asserts that Jesus is the 
 Christ. Council purpose to slay them. Ga- 
 maliel's prudent advice. Their dismissal." 
 
 Acts, v. 21 — 42. 
 
 Appointment of Deacons." Acts, vi. 1 — 6. 
 
 Stephen's arrest. Defence. Martyrdom." 
 
 Acts, vi. 7 — 15. ; vii., viii. 1, 2. 
 
 First General Persecution. Spread of the 
 Gospel." Acts, viii. 1. I. p. 3,4. 
 
 Philip's success. Peter and John sent to confirm 
 the converts. Simon Magus rebuked. 6 
 
 Acts, viii. 5 — 25. 
 
 Ethiopian Eunuch converted. 
 
 Acts, viii. 26—40. 
 
 Conversion and baptism of Saul.** 
 
 Acts, ix. 1 — 19. 
 (After ivhich he goes into Arabia. See Gal. i. 17.) 
 
 Paul returns from Arabia and preaches.^ 
 
 Acts, ix. 19—25. 
 
 He goes up to Jerusalem. Thence to Caesarea 
 and Tarsus. The churches have rest. 
 
 Acts, ix. 26—31. See also Gal. i. 18. ; 
 and compare 2 Cor. xii. 2., with Acts, 
 xxii. 17—21. 
 
 Peter cures JEneas, and raises Dorcas to life. e 
 
 Acts, ix. 32—43. 
 
 Cornelius converted/ Acts, x. 
 
 Pi/ACE. — a, Jerusalem, b, Samaria, c, On the way to Gaza, d, Damascus. 
 e, Lydda and Joppa. f, Caesarea. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 97 
 
 p. 41. 
 
 June. 
 
 July. 
 
 Septem- 
 ber. 
 
 a., d. 43. 
 March. 
 
 Peter returns to Jerusalem, 
 associated with Gentiles. 
 His defence is accepted." 
 
 Accused of having 
 
 Defends himself. 
 
 Acts, xi. 1 — 18. 
 
 Success of the Gospel at Antioch. Barnabas 
 sent by the Church of or at Jerusalem to Antioch. 
 
 Acts, xi. 19—22. 
 
 Barnabas goes to Tarsus to seek Saul ; he brings 
 him to Antioch, where the disciples first receive 
 the title of Christians. 6 Acts, xi. 25, 26. 
 
 Agabus foretels a famine. Barnabas and Paul 
 sent to Jerusalem with relief. 6 
 
 Acts, xii. 1—23. 
 
 Herod (Agrippa) persecutes the Church. Kills 
 James. Casts Peter into prison. Peter's deliver- 
 ance. Herod's awful death. c Acts, xii. 1 — 23. 
 
 The Gospel increases Acts, xii. 24. 
 
 Barnabas and Saul return to Antioch from 
 Jerusalem, taking with them John Mark. 6 
 
 Acts, xii. 25. 
 
 A.T>. 44. 
 
 May. 
 
 SECTION II. 
 st. Paul's first journey. 
 
 By command of the Holy Spirit, Saul and Barna- 
 bas are consecrated Apostles to the Gentiles. 6 
 
 Acts, xiii. 1 — 3. 
 
 Saul and Barnabas, with John Mark, set sail from 
 Seleucia ; Salamis ; Paphos. Sergius Paulus 
 converted. Elymas struck blind. Saul for the 
 first time called Paul.** Acts, xiii. 4 — 12. 
 
 Place. 
 
 Jerusalem. 
 
 b, Antioch in Syria. 
 d, Cyprus. 
 
 c, Jerusalem and Csesarea. 
 
 II 
 
98 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 Paul and his company leave Paphos, and come to 
 Perga in Pamphylia, where John Mark leaves 
 them and returns to Jerusalem. Paul and 
 Barnabas proceed to Antioch. Here Paul 
 preaches in the synagogue by desire of the 
 rulers. The Gentiles request that the sermon 
 may be preached again on the next Sabbath, on 
 which day the whole city attend to hear. The 
 Jews raise a persecution and expel them. They 
 come to Iconium. a Acts, xiii. 13 — 51. 
 
 At Iconium they preach with great success. Are 
 persecuted and flee to Lystra. where they are 
 at first treated as gods, and then persecuted. 
 They go to Derbe, where they preach, and 
 return to Lystra, Iconium, and Antioch in 
 Pisidia, confirming the churches ; passing on 
 through Perga and Attalia, whence they sail 
 for Antioch in Syria. Here they call the 
 Church together, and make their report." 
 
 Acts, xiii. 51, 52. ; xiv. 1—28. 
 
 Paul and Barnabas are sent from Antioch to 
 Jerusalem, to consult the Church there con- 
 cerning the necessity of circumcision." 
 
 Acts, xv. 1 — 5. 
 
 October The Apostolic Council, and their decision. 6 
 
 Acts, xv. 6—29. 
 
 Paul and Barnabas (with Judas and Silas) return 
 to Antioch with the Apostles' decision. Great 
 joy at the result. Judas returns to Jerusalem. 
 Silas continues w r ith Paul and Barnabas. 
 
 Acts, xv. 20—35. 
 
 Place. — a, Asia Minor, b, Jerusalem. 
 
OP THE BIBLE. 99 
 
 SECTION III. 
 st. Paul's second journey. 
 
 Paul and Barnabas differing, Barnabas takes 
 John Mark and sails to Cyprus. Paul takes 
 Silas and goes through Syria and Cilicia, con- 
 firming the churches." 
 
 Acts, xv. 36 — 41.; xvi. 4, 5. 
 
 Paul, coming to Derbe and Lystra, meets with 
 Timothy, the son of a Jewess by a Greek father, 
 whom he circumcises, and takes with him into 
 his work. 6 Acts, xvi. 1 — 3. 
 
 They travel throughout Phrygia and Galatia. 
 {Paul experie?ices a thorn in the flesh. See 
 Gal.iv. 13., 2 Cor. xii. 7., x. 10.) Forbidden by 
 the Spirit to preach in (Proconsular) Asia and 
 Bithynia. 6 Acts, xvi. 6, 7. 
 
 They proceed to Troas, where Paul has a vision 
 relative to his preaching in Macedonia, in con- 
 sequence of which they proceed, accompanied 
 by Luke (the writer of the Acts) to Philippi, 
 in Macedonia/ Acts, xvi. 8 — 11. 
 
 At Philippi Lydda is converted and baptized. A 
 certain damsel dispossessed of the spirit of divi- 
 nation by Paul. Her masters drag Paul and 
 Silas before the magistrates. They are beaten 
 and imprisoned. Their deliverance. Conver- 
 sion of the jailor. d Acts, xvi. 12 — 40. 
 
 Paul and company pass through Amphipolis and 
 Apollonia to Thessalonica. The Jews raise a 
 persecution. They are sent away by night to 
 Berea.^ 
 
 Place. — a, Antioch. b, Asia Minor, c, Asia to Europe, d, Macedonia. 
 
 H 2 
 
100 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 At Berea they preach the Gospel. The Jews 
 from Thessalonica pursue them. Paul leaves 
 Timothy and Silas, and sails to Athens, whence 
 he sends for them tc join him with all speed. 
 
 Acts, xvii. 10 — 15. 
 
 At Athens Paul preaches to the Jews, and en- 
 counters the Epicureans and Stoics, who bring 
 him to the Areopagus. Some mock, some hesi- 
 tate, and some believe. Dionysius and Damaris 
 among the latter. Acts, xvii. 16 — 34. 
 
 {Timothy and Silas join him; but Paul being 
 anxious for the Thessalonians, sends them back 
 again. See 1 Thess. iii. 1 — 6.) 
 
 Paul leaves Athens and comes to Corinth. Meets 
 with Aquila and Priscilla, and labours with 
 them at tent-making. Timothy and Silas again 
 join him from Thessalonica.* 
 
 Acts, xviii. 1 — 5. 
 
 Paul writes his first Epistle to the Thessalonians. a 
 J"]y- At Corinth, the Jews oppose and blaspheme.* 
 Paul is cheered by a vision. Acts, xviii. 6 — 11. 
 
 Paul writes a second Epistle to the Thessalonians 
 in consequence of their misconceiving his first 
 Epistle respecting the coming of the Judgment 
 day. a 
 a. d. 52. Paul is accused before Gallic" 
 
 Acts, xviii. 12 — 17. 
 Spring. Embarking at Cenchrea (with Priscilla and Ac- 
 quila), Paul sails to Ephesus : here he leaves 
 Priscilla and Acquila and sails to Csesarea, 
 whence he proceeds to Jerusalem (taking Titus 
 and Barnabas with him, Gal. ii. 1 — 10.) ; but 
 shortly returns to Antioch (at which place Peter 
 joined him, and whom Paul rebuked for incon- 
 sistency, Gal. ii. 11 — 14.) 
 
 Acts, xviii. 18—22. 
 
 Place. — a, Corinth. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 101 
 
 d.52. 
 Autumn. 
 
 A . n. 53. 
 March. 
 
 June to 
 
 a.d. 55. 
 March. 
 
 SECTION IV. 
 st. Paul's third journey. 
 
 Paul visits the churches of Phrygia and Galatia." 
 
 Acts, xviii. 23. 
 
 [Peter also about this time sets out on an apostolic 
 visitation, accompanied by Silvanus and Mark 
 the Evangelist." 1 Peter, i. 1. ; v., xii. 13.] 
 
 Account of Apollos and his preaching. 6 
 
 Acts, xviii. 24—28. 
 
 Paul arrives at Ephesus, and for three months de- 
 votes himself to preaching to the Jews in the 
 synagogues. Acts, xix. 1 — 8. 
 
 Paul leaves the synagogue, and for two years 
 teaches daily in the school of Tyrannus. c He 
 works many miracles. Acts, xix. 9 — 20. 
 
 [In this interval Peter visits Corinth, and proceeds 
 to Rome. Collections are made for the Church 
 of Jerusalem in the churches of Asia and 
 Greece. In consequence of division and irre- 
 gularities in the church at Corinth, Paul sends 
 Peter there. 
 
 1 Cor. i. 11—13. ; iii. 3. ; iv. 17. ; xvi. 1.] 
 
 Paul writes his first Epistle to the Corinthians in 
 answer to a request from that church, concern- 
 ing several points of doctrine and disciplined 
 
 Shortly after, Titus joins Paul, and is sent by him 
 to Corinth. 2 Cor. xii. 18. 
 
 Place. — a, Asia Minor, b, Ephesus and Corinth, c, Ephesus. 
 
 H 3 
 
102 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 A. D. OJ. 
 
 June. 
 
 July. 
 
 Novem- 
 ber. 
 
 a.d. 56. 
 
 March 
 
 April. 
 
 Paul proposes to pass through Macedonia and 
 Achaia to Jerusalem, afterwards to Rome. But 
 having sent Timothy and Erastus to Macedonia, 
 he continues a little longer at Ephesus. Dime- 
 trius, a silversmith of Ephesus, raises an uproar 
 against Paul, which, after some tumultuous pro- 
 ceedings, is appeased by the town clerk. a 
 
 Acts, xix. 21 — 41. 
 
 Leaving Ephesus, Paul traverses Macedonia.? 
 
 Acts, xx. 1 — 2. 
 
 [Titus meets Paul here from Corinth, instead of at 
 Troas, as expected. 
 
 2 Cor. ii. 12, 13.; vii. 5, 6.] 
 
 Paul sends Titus back to Corinth, carrying with 
 him the second Epistle to that church. 6 
 
 2 Cor. i — xiii. 
 
 Paul writes his Epistle to the Galatians? 
 
 Paul goes into Greece, where he tarries three 
 months. Acts, xx. S.f.p. 
 
 Paul writes the Epistle to the Romans* 
 
 To avoid a conspiracy of the Jews, he does not pro- 
 ceed to Syria by sea, but returns through Mace- 
 donia, and embarking at Philippi with Luke, 
 joins his companions at Troas. Paul preaches 
 there. Restores Eutychus to life. e 
 
 Acts, xx. 3—12. 
 
 Luke and company sail to Assos, but Paul comes 
 thither on foot. Paul embarks with them at 
 Assos, comes to Mitylene, sails thence, and passes 
 by Chios, arrives at Samos, tarries at Trogyl- 
 lium, and comes to Miletus. Purposing to get 
 
 Place. 
 
 Ephesus. 
 
 b, Macedonia. c, Greece. 
 e, Cenchrea to Troas. 
 
 d, Cenchrea. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 103 
 
 as soon as possible to Jerusalem, he sends 
 from Miletus, and calls the elders of the church 
 of Ephesus, to whom he preaches a most affect- 
 ing sermon, exhorts and prays with them. His 
 affecting leave of them. Acts, xx. 17 — 38. 
 
 ApHi. ' Paul and his companions sail from Melitus, and 
 come to Coos, Rhodes, and Patara, whence they 
 take ship and sail past Cyprus and land at Tyre. 
 Here they find disciples, and stay seven days. 
 Sail to Ptolemais, stay with the brethren one 
 day. Come to Csesarea, lodge with Philip the 
 Evangelist. Agabus prophesies of his inprison- 
 ment. The disciples endeavour to dissuade him 
 from going to Jerusalem. Acts, xxi. 1 — 14. 
 
 May. Paul arrives at Jerusalem (his fifth visit). In- 
 terview with James and the elders. Their 
 counsel." Acts, xxi. 15 — 26. 
 
 Paul attacked by a mob. Rescued by the chief 
 captain, who makes him a prisoner." 
 
 Acts, xxi. 27 — 36. 
 
 Paul requests, and is permitted to address the 
 populace. Claims exemption as a Roman citi- 
 zen from scourging/* 
 
 Acts, xxi. 37—40. ; xxii. 1 — 29. 
 
 Brought before the Council. Paul sharply re- 
 proves the high priest. A great commotion 
 with the Pharisees and Sadducees on his dis- 
 course. Paul is sheltered in the castle. Com- 
 forted by a vision in the night. a 
 
 Acts, xxii, 30.; xxiii. 1 — 11. 
 
 The Jews bind themselves to kill Paul. Their 
 conspiracy discovered. He is sent under an 
 escort, by night, to Felix at Cassarea." 
 
 Acts, xxiii. 12 — 35. 
 
 Place. — a, Jerusalem. 
 H 4 
 
104 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 A. D. 56. 
 
 May. 
 
 a. D. 56. 
 
 to 
 a. D. 58. 
 
 They arrive at Csesarea. Paul is promised a 
 hearing when his accusers come." 
 
 Acts, xiii. 34, 35. 
 
 Paul's accusers come (viz., high priest, the elders, 
 and one Tertullus). Paul's defence." 
 
 Acts, xxiv. 1—23. 
 
 Felix reserves his decision till Claudius Lysias 
 should come. Paul and Felix's private inter- 
 view. Is treated with humanity and respect 
 (but is detained in prison two years) on the ex- 
 pectation that Paul would give Felix money. 
 Felix being superseded in the government, to 
 please the Jews, leaves Paul a prisoner." 
 
 Acts, xxiv. 24 — 27. 
 
 July. 
 
 August, 
 to 
 
 March. 
 
 Festus, the successor of Felix, is beseeched by the 
 Jews, that he would send Paul to Jerusalem to 
 be tried ; they lying in wait to kill him on the 
 way. Festus refuses, and Paul is accused be- 
 fore him. Paul appeals to Cassar." 
 
 Acts, xxv. 1 — 12. 
 
 King Agrippa and Bernice his wife visit Festus. 
 They desire to hear Paul. Paul's defence be- 
 fore Agrippa the next day." 
 
 Acts, xxv. 13 — 27: ; xxvi. 
 
 Paul is sent to Rome, as a prisoner, in the custody 
 of Julius a centurion. Wrecked on the way 
 at Melita. Winters there. Heals Publius (the 
 father of Publius, the governor of the island) of 
 a fever. After a stay of three months, they set 
 
 sail for Rome." 
 
 Acts, xxvii. ; xxviii. 1 — 15. 
 
 Paul arrives at Rome. 6 His kind treatment there. 
 Declares to the Jews the cause of his imprison- 
 ment. Acts, xxviii. 14 — 29 
 
 Place. — a, Cassarea. b, Rome. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 105 
 
 » 63. 
 March 
 A. D. 64. 
 June. 
 
 August. 
 
 A. D. 65. 
 
 July. 
 A. d. 65. 
 
 A,D. 66. 
 
 April. 
 June 29. 
 
 Paul is detained two years, during which time he 
 writes several epistles." * 
 
 Acts, xxviii. 30, 31. 
 
 [* March, A. d. 60, to the Ephe.sians ; June, Colossians ; Jul}*, 
 to Philemon; September, to the PhiUppians.~\ 
 
 SECTION V. 
 
 FROM THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE LAST JOUR- 
 NEY OF ST. PAUL TO THE CLOSE OF THE 
 CANON OF THE SCRIPTURES. 
 
 Paul liberated. Visits Spain, Timothy is im- 
 prisoned at Rome. 
 
 Martyrdom of James the Just, Bishop of Jeru- 
 salem, at Jerusalem. 
 
 Paul returns from Spain. Timothy liberated. 
 
 Paul writes the Epistle to the Hebrews. 6 
 
 Peter visits Rome a second time. 
 
 Paul visits Crete. Leaves Titus there. Proceeds 
 to Macedonia. 
 
 Paul writes his Epistle to Titus. 
 
 Winters at Nicopolis. 
 
 Paul writes his first Epistle to Timothy. 
 
 Paul makes a circuit of Dalmatia. 
 
 Peter writes his Epistles. 
 
 Peter's martyrdom." 
 
 Paul arrives at Rome a second time. Has an au- 
 dience before Nero. 
 
 Paul writes his second Epistle to Timothy. 
 
 Martyrdom of Paul. a 
 
 St. John writes his^rs^ Epistle. 
 
 Place. — a, Rome, b, While waiting for Timothy in Italy. 
 
d. 70. 
 
 106 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 St. John writes his second Epistle. 
 
 St. John writes his third Epistle. 
 
 Destruction of Jerusalem. 
 
 Jude writes his Epistle. 
 
 St. John writes the Apocalypse. 
 
 St. John sanctions the Canon of the New Testa- 
 ment ; which he completes bj writing his 
 Gospel at the request of the Church at Ephesus." 
 
 SECTION VI. 
 
 SOITE FURTHER ACCOUNT OF THE EPISTLES.* 
 
 1. First Epistle to the Thessalonians. — St. Paul, 
 being cheered by the intelligence brought to him by Silas 
 and Timothy, of the steadfastness of the Thessalonians, 
 writes this Epistle to them with a view to establish them in 
 the faith by enforcing the evidences of Christianity ; to 
 strengthen them against opposition and persecutions, and 
 to urge them to holiness of life. It was written from 
 (Athens) Corinth, a.d. 50. 
 
 2. Second Epistle to the Thessalonians. — The 
 Thessalonians having misconceived St. Paul's former 
 Epistle respecting the immediate coming of the judgment- 
 day (insomuch that many neglected their secular affairs), 
 to correct this error he writes this second Letter, in 
 which he also foretells the rise, prosperity, and overthrow 
 of a great apostacy. It was written from (Athens) Co- 
 rinth, July, 50. 
 
 3. First Epistle to the Corinthians. — The Corin- 
 thian Church having written to St. Paul for his advice upon 
 
 Place. — a, Ephesus. 
 * The account of the Epistles has, for the most part, been extracted from 
 Adam Clarke, Pearson, &c. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 107 
 
 several points, he writes this Epistle to them, 1. Assert- 
 ing his authority ; 2. relative to dissensions ; 3. respect- 
 ing the incestuous person ; 4. concerning the eating of 
 things offered to idols; 5. on various ecclesiastical regu- 
 lations ; 6. on the Resurrection ; 7. exhorting, saluting, 
 commending, &c. 
 
 The Subscription to this Epistle in our English Bible 
 is certainly incorrect. That it was not written from 
 Philippi, but from Ephesus, is plain. See chap. xvi. 5, 
 8, 10, 19. That it was not written by " Silvanus, and 
 Fortunatus, and Achaicus and Timotheus," needs no 
 proof. For written by, read sent by. 
 
 It was written by Paul at Ephesus, March, A. d. 55. 
 
 4. Second Epistle to the Corinthians. — Titus hav- 
 ing met St. Paul in Macedonia, and told him of the refor- 
 mation his first Letter produced, he writes this second 
 Letter to comfort, to commend them, to vindicate his 
 apostolic character, and to unmask the pretended apostle 
 who had led them so long astray. It is generally allowed 
 that this Epistle was written from Macedonia, and probably 
 from the city of Philippi, in that province, October, a.d. 
 55. 
 
 5. Epistle to the Galatians. — St. Paul undoubtedly 
 wrote this Letter, the scope of which was, — 1. to assert 
 his apostolic character, and 2. to establish the doctrine 
 of justification by faith, in opposition to the Jewish 
 teachers, who insisted upon obedience to the ceremonial 
 law as the great requisite to salvation. 
 
 The Subscription says it was "written from Rome;" 
 but it is more than probable that it was written from 
 Corinth or Ephesus, November, a.d. 55. Some think 
 earlier, a.d. 52. 
 
 6. Epistle to the Romans. — St. Paul wrote this Epistle, 
 — 1. For the Gentiles, to prove to them that neither 
 their boasted philosophy, nor their moral virtue, nor the 
 light of human reason; — 2. to the Jews, that neither 
 their knowledge of, or obedience to, the law of Moses, 
 could justify them before God; but that faith in Christ 
 
108 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 alone was, and ever had been, the only way of salva- 
 tion to all mankind. Concerning the time this Epistle 
 was written, there is not much difference of opinion. 
 It was most likely written about a.d. 56 or 58, when 
 Paul was at Corinth. It appears from chap. xvi. 22, 
 that Paul did not write this Epistle with his own hand, 
 but used a person called Tertius as his amanuensis, and 
 that it was sent by the hands of Phebe, a deaconess of 
 the Church of Cenchrea, which was the eastern port on 
 the isthmus of Corinth. 
 
 7. First Epistle of St. Peter. — The writer of this 
 Epistle was St. Peter, who styles himself aw apostle of Jesus 
 Christ ; observe, not universal bishop ! Had Peter been 
 the chief pastor, he would undoubtedly have written, 
 Peter, the chief or head apostle of Jesus Christ. Peter 
 writes this Epistle to the Jews, who in the time of per- 
 secution had taken refuge in the heathen countries men- 
 tioned in the inscription ; and also to the Gentile con- 
 verts, to confirm them in the Christian religion, to 
 encourage them to constancy under the sharpest persecu- 
 tions, and to enforce upon them the necessity of leading 
 a holy and blameless life, that they may put to shame 
 the calumnies of their adversaries. 
 
 The Subscription infers that this Epistle was written 
 from Babylon. Now, if Peter was at Rome at the time, 
 it is very pertinent that he should style that city by the 
 very title given to it forty years after in the Revelations; 
 but I cannot believe he was at Rome at the time : hence 
 we must understand by Babylon — Babylon in Egypt. 
 
 It was written about A. d. 59. 
 
 8. The Ef-istle to the Ephesians. — This Epistle was 
 written by St. Paul, a. d. 60, when he was a prisoner at 
 Rome. It is directed " to the saints which are at 
 Ephesus," where he had preached the Gospel for three 
 years with eminent success. Fearing that they might 
 faint in their Christian course, he writes to them to 
 establish them in that faith he had preached to them, 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 109 
 
 which he was now a prisoner for, and stood ready to seal 
 with his own blood. 
 
 9. Epistle to the Colossians. — Epaphras having 
 founded a Church at Colosse, and instructed the Colos- 
 sians in the Christian religion, he left them for a time, 
 and went to Rome, and was the fellow prisoner of St. 
 Paul. In his absence the Colossians were infested with 
 false teachers. Paul, hearing from Epaphras of their 
 faith and love, addresses this Epistle to them (not having 
 seen their face in the flesh, chap. ii. 1.), — 1. to prove 
 that the hope of a man's salvation is founded on the 
 atonement of Christ alone, and 2ndly, by the establish- 
 ment of opposite truths to eradicate the errors of the 
 Judaizers, who not only preached the Mosaic law, but 
 also the opinions of the Heathen, Oriental, or Essenian 
 philosophers, concerning the worship of angels, on ac- 
 count of their supposed agency in human affairs. 
 
 This Epistle was written by Paul, June, A. d. 60, while 
 at Rome, and sent to the Colossians by Tychicus and 
 Onesimus. 
 
 10. Epistle to Philemon. — July, a.d. 60, St.Paul writes 
 to his friend Philemon, to intercede with him in favour 
 of his servant Onesimus, who had fled from the service 
 of his master to Rome ; he had been converted in that 
 city by the writer, and he earnestly desires Philemon to 
 pardon him and to receive him again into his favour. 
 
 1 i. Epistle to the Philippians. — St. Paul being in 
 bonds, the Philippians sent Epaphroditas, their bishop, 
 to him, with a liberal contribution, to supply his want?, 
 by whom St. Paul returns this Epistle, partly to testify 
 his thankfulness for the relief received from them, but 
 principally to comfort them under the concern they had 
 expressed on the subject of his imprisonment, to en- 
 courage them to walk worthy of the Gospel, to warn 
 them against the seductions of false teachers who had 
 begun to introduce themselves amon< 
 quicken them to divers Christian duties. 
 
 It was written September, a. d. 60. 
 
110 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 12. The general Epistle of St. James. — St. James 
 writes to the Jewish Christians in general, to caution 
 them against the prevalent evils of the day, to rectify 
 the errors into which many had fallen by misinter- 
 preting St. Paul's doctrine of justification, and to enforce 
 various duties. It was penned from Jerusalem a. d. 61. 
 This was James commonly called James the Less, and 
 our Lord's brother, the son of Alpheus, styled also James 
 the Just, and bishop of Jerusalem ; consequently its au- 
 thority cannot reasonably be questioned. 
 
 13. The Epistle to the Hebrews. — There have 
 been many and various opinions touching who the pen- 
 man of this Epistle was — some have supposed it written 
 by Luke, others by Barnabas or Clemens, but most by 
 St. Paul, of which I think there is little reason to doubt. 
 However, of this we are assured that the Spirit of God 
 indited, and hence it is of little consequence to us who 
 held the pen. It is generally supposed that the reason 
 St. Paul did not prefix his name to this Epistle, as he 
 did to others, was because he was the Apostle to the 
 Gentiles, and not the Jews, and his name not being 
 over acceptable to them, he does not prefix it lest the 
 sight of it should prejudice the Jews and take them oil 
 from duly weighing and considering the weighty matter 
 which he wrote upon. 
 
 The general scope and design of the Epistle is to 
 inform the Hebrews, that the Gospel dispensation far 
 surpasses the dispensation of the Old Testament ; and to 
 prove that Christ was greater than the angels ; a greater 
 person and law giver than Moses ; a greater priest than 
 Aaron ; a greater prince than Melchisedec ; and that the 
 Levitical priesthood, and the Old Covenant, were to give 
 place to Christ, our Great High Priest, and to the New 
 Covenant established upon better promises. 
 
 It was written by St. Paul, March, A. d. 63, while 
 waiting for Timothy in Italy, by whom it was sent to 
 the converted Hebrews. 
 
 14. Epistle to Titus. — Titus was a Gentile con- 
 
OF THE BIBLE. Ill 
 
 verted early to Christianity, and eventually left by St. 
 Paul to govern the Church in Crete. St. Paul briefly 
 instructs him in all parts of his duty, — in electing church 
 governors, in censuring false teachers, in instructing the 
 ancient and young persons, in pressing upon all persons 
 obedience to magistrates, and a care to maintain good 
 works. It was written August, a. d. 64, from Nicopolis, 
 of Macedonia. 
 
 15. Fikst Epistle to Timothy. — St. Paul writes this 
 letter as well as his second letter to direct Timothy how to 
 govern himself, and how to guide his people; how to 
 suppress those false doctrines and corruptions which the 
 Jewish zealots were endeavouring to establish in the 
 Church of Ephesus, over which he was appointed to pre- 
 side. It was written, A. D. 65, from Nicopolis. 
 
 16. Second Epistle of Peter. — St. Peter, having pro- 
 bably received a revelation of his approaching death, writes 
 this second letter to the Jews of the dispersion, to warn 
 them of the trials and persecutions which were coming 
 upon them, and to fortify them against departing from 
 that holy commandment, which these newly converted 
 Jews were very prone unto. 
 
 Written from Rome, A. d. 65. The same year of his 
 martyrdom. 
 
 17. Second Epistle to Timothy.— This Epistle might 
 be termed the dying charge of St. Paul, for in anticipation 
 of his approaching martyrdom, he wrote to Timothy as 
 his last bequest, exhorting him to the faithful discharge 
 of his duty in all times of apostacy, persecution, and dis- 
 sension, and forewarns him to prepare for sufferings and 
 persecutions, from his own example set before him. It 
 was written from Rome, April, A. d. 66, only two months 
 before he was "offered up." It was the last Epistle 
 this " chief" of Saints wrote. 
 
 18. First Epistle of St. John. — John does not prefix 
 his name, yet from coincidences between these Epistles and 
 the Gospel there cannot be the least doubt who was 
 
112 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 their author. He writes to confute the errors of false 
 teachers. The Docet^e, who denied the humanity of 
 Christ, and taught that his body and sufferings were only 
 imaginary. — The Corinthians and Ebonites, who said 
 he was a mere man, and that his divinity was simply 
 added for a time, and that he put it off at his passion. — 
 The Nicolaitans, or Gnostics, who taught that the 
 knowledge of God and Christ was sufficient for salvation ; 
 and that, therefore, they might indulge in sin with im- 
 punity. He cautions against such doctrines, and con- 
 trasts them with the truths and doctrines of the Gospel 
 in which they had been instructed, and in which he ex- 
 horts them to continue. It was written in Asia Minor, 
 a. d. 68. 
 
 19. Second Epistle of St. John. — Some think this 
 Epistle was written to a Church under the title of the 
 Elect Lady ; but it seems more probable that it was to 
 some pious female friend. His object is to caution her and 
 her children against the seductions and pernicious errors 
 of a sect of the Gnostics. It was penned in Asia Minor, 
 a. d. 69. 
 
 20. Third Epistle of St. John. — Gaius, to whom this 
 Epistle is addressed, was Paul's host (Rom. xvi.). He 
 writes to commend him for his steadfast faith and kind- 
 ness to some Christian brethren, and to recommend them 
 again to his protection and hospitality ; to warn him 
 against Diotrephes, who had denied his authority, and to 
 recommend Demetrius to his attention. Written, a. d. 69, 
 from Asia Minor. 
 
 21. Epistle of St. Jude. — The intent of this Epistle 
 was to fortify the Jewish Christians against the errors 
 and corruptions of those who attempted to seduce per- 
 sons from the plainness and simplicity of the Gospel, and 
 to bring upon them the same condemnation and judg- 
 ment with themselves. Written in Asia Minor, a.d. 72. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 113 
 
 The Revelation of St. John the Divine. 
 
 This is sometimes called the Apocalypse. It was 
 penned by St. John, the Apostle and Evangelist, the dis- 
 ciple whom Jesus loved, under the guidance of the Spirit 
 of God. It was on the Lord's day, a. d. 96, in the Isle 
 of Patmos, to which place it is said St. John was banished 
 by the Emperor Domitian, after he had escaped death at 
 Rome — having been there put into a cauldron of burn- 
 ing oil. 
 
 Its design is to supply the place of a continued succes- 
 sion of Prophets in the Christian Church till the end of 
 the world. — Amen. Even so come Lord Jesus. 
 
 Trinitati Gloria Sempiterna. 
 
114 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 HISTORY OF THE JEWS 
 
 FROM THE 
 CRUCIFIXION TO THE DESTRUCTION OF JERUSALEM. 
 
 The Jewish nation having filled up the measure of their 
 guilt by rejecting and putting to death the Messiah, that 
 awful hour,, predicted by our blessed Lord, speedily 
 arrived. 
 
 A popular commotion arose in Samaria, which being 
 suppressed with great severity by Pilate, led to the recall 
 and banishment of the Roman governor, which was 
 shortly after followed by the deposition of Herod 
 Antipas. The Emperor Caligula, A. d. 40, commanded 
 a large gilded statue of himself, in his character of Deity, 
 to be placed in the Temple of Jerusalem. This 
 mandate excited the utmost horror and distress in the 
 minds of the Jews. The leaders of the nation besought 
 the Roman Governor of Syria not to execute this com- 
 mand. For several weeks every occupation and employ- 
 ment was laid aside — the country near Ptolemais was 
 covered by vast crowds in mourning habits. Petronius 
 suspended the execution of the order, and Agrippa being 
 then at Rome succeeded in procuring its recall, but not 
 without much difficulty. After the death of Caligula, 
 Agrippa, whose life had more than once been endangered 
 by the fury of that tyrant, was appointed king of the 
 Jews. To gratify the Jews, he persecuted the Christians, 
 and put the Apostle James to death. He died at Caesarea, 
 A. d. 44. The soldiery insulting his memory lid to angry 
 feelings between them and the Jews, which paved the 
 way for subsequent troubles. 
 
 Judea again became a Roman province, under Cuspius 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 115 
 
 Fadus.* A famine then prevailed and the commotion of 
 the second Theudas followed ; a. d. 48, Venditius Cu- 
 manus became governor, and the Jews being indignant 
 at the sacrilegious conduct of a Roman soldier, insulted 
 the governor : this led to a tumult, which ended by se- 
 veral thousand Jews being crushed or trampled to death 
 near the temple. A series of disturbances followed. 
 
 Felix was appointed governor, a. d. 51, and a course of 
 barbarous cruelties and oppressions followed, by which 
 the Jews were goaded into open rebellion. Robbers in- 
 fested every part of the land, false Christs arose, the 
 murders and executions were beyond enumeration. The 
 high priest was murdered at the altar, and the horrid 
 work of assassination was pursued in the temple. The 
 Jewish historian says, " God abandoned Jerusalem as 
 a detested city from that hour, and sent the Romans to, 
 be the ministers of his vengeance." At this time an 
 Egyptian Jew led out numbers from Jerusalem, and on 
 his return, conducted 30,000 men to the Mount of Olives, 
 promising them a miraculous deliverance from their 
 heathen foes ; but many of his followers were slain, and 
 the rest dispersed. 
 
 a. d. 60, Festus became the governor, and did much 
 to soften down the bad spirit that prevailed; but on his 
 death their hardships increased under Albinus, which 
 were heightened by the discharge of 18,000 men on the 
 completion of the temple. These troubles, the nation 
 found, were light compared with those they were now 
 called upon to endure under the ferocious despotism of 
 Gessius Florus, a. d. 64. His tyranny forced them into 
 open revolt. They appealed (a. d. 66) to the Syrian Pre- 
 fect, but in vain. 
 
 Many things had already transpired to warn this de- 
 voted people that the Divine wrath was poured out upon 
 them, that God had forsaken them, and destruction 
 awaited close at hand. In this year (66), a greater mul- 
 titude attended the Passover. It is recorded no less 
 than 255,000 paschal lambs were offered at Jerusalem, 
 
 * Was Procurator about twelve yearc after the death of our Lord. 
 
 12 
 
116 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 which at the lowest calculation would give 3,000,000 
 souls attending the festival. 
 
 A circumstance apparently of little moment gave the 
 immediate impulse to the fatal overthrow of the Jewish 
 nation. Caesarea had been pronounced a pagan city. A 
 Greek refused to part with some land near a synagogue, 
 and insulted the Jews when engaged in their religious 
 observance. A contest followed. The Jews being 
 worsted, sought redress, but the conduct of Florus 
 showed that it was his intention to oppress them yet 
 more severely, and they prepared for war. A massacre 
 of more than 3000 persons at Jerusalem followed soon 
 after an unsuccessful attempt was made by Florus to 
 plunder the sacred treasury. Agrippa endeavoured to 
 allay the popular rage, but was compelled to leave the 
 .city. Open war now begun, and some places of strength 
 were taken from the Romans. The garrison of Jerusalem 
 surrendered on capitulation, but were slaughtered with- 
 out mercy. Several massacres of the Jews followed at 
 Alexandria, Caesarea, and in other heathen cities, while 
 the whole of Judea was a scene of wretchedness and blood. 
 A powerful army, commanded by Cestius Gallus, marched 
 into Judea, a. d. 66, and approached close to the walls of 
 Jerusalem, and when the Roman general made the attack, 
 a peaceful party among the Jews had resolved to admit 
 him, and thus save their city ; but he made a retreat and 
 was defeated near Beth-horon with great loss, the Jews 
 captured all his military engines, and which they after- 
 wards used in the defence of their city. This animated 
 the Jewish nation to continue the contest. Many, seeing 
 what the result of such madness would be, left the city. 
 The Christian — remembering the warning of the Saviour, 
 when they should see Jerusalem encompassed with 
 armies — fled to Pella, a city beyond Jordan, far from the 
 scene of war. 
 
 Matters now grew daily more desperate, and the Jews 
 prepared to make a most desperate resistance. Vespa- 
 sian was now sent to crush the rebellion. The Jews had no 
 allies, and even their brethren in foreign cities were suffering 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 117 
 
 from the madness of their brethren at Jerusalem. The 
 only help they received was from one of their own race, 
 Josephus, the historian, who was entrusted with the com- 
 mand in Galilee, and by a most obstinate resistance at 
 Jotapa, he arrested the progress of the Roman forces 
 daring forty-seven days. At length Jotapa was taken 
 and Josephus made prisoner; being preserved to write 
 the history of the destruction of his nation. 
 
 Other cities successively fell before Vespasian and his 
 son Titus, and the lives of the wretched Jews were sel- 
 dom spared. Many of the nation were now desirous to 
 submit, but the violent party of zealots prevailed, and 
 perpetrated the most unheard-of cruelties. While their 
 enemies were approaching, the city of Jerusalem was dis- 
 tracted by acts of violence and massacre, and no one was 
 safe from being hurried to instant death. Such horrors 
 were perpetrated, that Vespasian suspended his onward 
 progress, not only that his soldiers might gain strength 
 by the interval of rest, but that the Jews might effect 
 their own destruction. 
 
 During a. d. 69, and part of 70, several changes took 
 place in the imperial government. At length, all was 
 settled by the elevation of Vespasian. Titus returned 
 to Judea to finish the subjugation of the rebellious nation. 
 At the time Titus approached the city of Jerusalem, it 
 was the habitation of violence, and all that was evil and 
 desperate. Yet at that time, thus disordered within, 
 and threatened from without, an infatuated multitude 
 thronged to the city, to keep the Passover ; and it is com- 
 puted, that between two and three millions of persons 
 were enclosed within the walls of this devoted city. Vast 
 stores of provisions were destroyed, sanguinary feuds 
 prevailed, and priests, while occupied in their sacred 
 duties, often perished by the weapons of the different 
 factions who fought even in the temple courts. 
 
 The Jewish leaders in Jerusalem, during the siege, 
 were John Gischala and Simon the son of G-orias, each 
 of whom was at the head of a band of desperate assas- 
 sins. The Romans began the siege in April, a. d. 70. 
 
 I 3 
 
118 A POPULAR HAEMOXY 
 
 After a series of attacks, the suburbs were possessed by 
 the Eomans, part of the inner wall was thrown down, 
 but the breach was defended by the Jews with the most 
 obstinate resistance, and when overpowered, still retained 
 the upper city, Antonia, and the temple. The greater 
 part of the inhabitants would have gladly surrendered, 
 but the zealots slaughtered all who spoke of peace. Some, 
 however, escaped to the Romans, and were allowed to 
 depart. Famine now rased. The armed men seized 
 every article of food ; all who retained the appearance 
 of health were suspected of having concealed supplies, 
 and were tortured to compel them to produce their stores. 
 Internal discord still prevailed, and the city was the 
 s«ene of dreadful bloodshed. Titus,, enraged at the ob- 
 stinacy of the Jews, ordered all who were taken to be 
 put to death. Many were seized who ventured beyond 
 the walls during the night in search of roots and herbs : 
 they were crucified in the morning, and several hundreds 
 were frequently seen at once agonizing in the same bodily 
 tortures they had inflicted on the Messiah ! The zealots 
 only made this a plea for more desperate resistance. 
 
 The efforts of the Eomans to gain possession of the 
 inner walls having been repulsed, Titus caused the whole 
 city to be surrounded with a trench, (agreeably to the pre- 
 cise words of our Lord,) and thus entirely cut off all 
 supplies from the Jews, while the usual attacks were 
 continued. This trench, thirty-nine stadia in circumfer- 
 ence, was completed in three days. The dreadful state 
 of Jerusalem then exceeded the power of language to 
 describe ; while in the Eoman camp, some thousands of 
 prisoners were cut open, while living, to search their 
 bodies for gold and jewels they were supposed to have 
 swallowed ! Titus called his gods to witness that he was 
 not the guilty cause of such unexampled horrors. With- 
 in the walls 600,000 persons died, and the dead bodies, 
 too numerous to throw over the precipices, were piled 
 up in empty houses, or left in the places where they 
 had expired. Many died with their eyes fixed on the 
 temple. Amidst these scenes of horror the zealots con- 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 119 
 
 tinned their excesses. At length, the fort of Antonia 
 was taken, and for a moment the Jews fled before their 
 enemies in the temple, but the nailed shoes of the fore- 
 most assailant slipped upon the marble pavement, his 
 enemies, unable to pierce his coat-of-mail, severed his 
 limbs from his body, and the Romans were driven back 
 into the fort. The daily sacrifice now ceased for want 
 of lambs. The temple, no longer a place of worship, 
 became a vast fortification, and resounded with the noise of 
 mortal contest. Another unsuccessful attempt was made 
 upon the temple by the Romans : the struggle continued 
 many hours. The ties of affection had for some time 
 been disregarded, but a deed of horror was now per- 
 petrated, the remembrance of which Titus declared he 
 would bury beneath the ruins of the city in which it 
 was committed. A mother, Mary of Bethezob, a woman 
 of rank, took her emaciated infant from her bosom, 
 roasted and ate a part ! The zealots were drawn to her 
 house by the scent of the food, but, struck with horror, 
 withdrew when they had ascertained the cause. Thus 
 dreadfully was the awful denunciation fulfilled. (Deut. 
 xxviii. 56, 57.) 
 
 Titus again attacked the temple and carried the outer 
 courts. He desired to save the main building, but He 
 whose word cannot fail had predicted its destruction. 
 The next day was the 16th of August, the anniversary 
 of the destruction of Solomon's Temple by Nebuchad- 
 nezzar. The sun once more shone upon that building 
 which had drawn forth the admiration of the world, but 
 it was the last. The Jews had made a furious sally, 
 they were repulsed ; the setting sun gilded its pinnacles, 
 to gild them again no more for ever. After night-fall a 
 Roman soldier, contrary to orders, threw a flaming brand 
 into one of the chambers of the temple. The flames 
 burst forth, the Roman soldiers, no longer under com- 
 mand, rushed into the sacred building, and all was speedily 
 a scene of carnage and plunder, and soon became a 
 smouldering ruin. While the temple was burning the 
 infatuation of the Jews continued. An impostor led 
 
 l 4 
 
120 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 6000 to the roof of the cloisters promising a miraculous 
 deliverance : all perished in the flames. The upper part 
 of the city was still in the hands of the zealots, but they 
 no longer had courage to resist ; the strongest parts of 
 the fortification were abandoned. The Romans entered 
 and found the houses filled with putrid bodies, but still 
 thousands of Jews remained to perish by the sword, and 
 every building, except a few of the towers, was burned. 
 
 In this war more than 1,500,000 of the Jewish nation 
 perished, and the scanty remnant were sold for slaves — 
 but some of the prisoners no one would buy. So great 
 was the plunder that the price of gold in Syria was re- 
 duced to one half its usual value. They fell by the edge 
 of the sword, they were led away captive (not even being 
 permitted to look back on that which was the glory of 
 the whole earth), and Jerusalem has since been trodden 
 down by the Gentiles. 
 
 The sufferings of the Jewish nation in this war were 
 indeed unparalleled; but Josephus shows that the national 
 guilt called for such punishment. He says, " If the Ro- 
 mans had delayed to come upon these offenders, I think the 
 city would have been swallowed up by an earthquake, or 
 overwhelmed by a deluge, or have partaken of the fire of 
 Sodom." He further relates, " That time became fruitful 
 of all manner of wickedness among the Jews ; insomuch 
 that they left no work of mischief unpractised ; nor if a 
 person Avished to frame a crime in imagination, could he 
 invent any new one. So diseased were they all, both in 
 public and private, and with such ambition did they 
 strive to exceed each other in acts of impiety towards 
 God, and of injustice towards their neighbour — the 
 powerful on the one hand ill-treating the populace, and 
 the multitude on the other eager to destroy the powerful ; 
 for the one wished to tyrannise, the other to commit vio- 
 lence, and to plunder the property of the wealthy. To 
 recount all their iniquity would be impossible ; but I may 
 briefly say, never did any other city suffer such woes, nor 
 was there a more wicked generation from the beginning 
 of the world." (Deut. xxix. 24.) 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 121 
 
 The Saviour had in the most striking and solemn 
 manner predicted the ruin of the Jewish people, their 
 temple, and their polity. He had declared, " They shall 
 fall by the edge of the sword, and shall be led away 
 captive into all nations : and Jerusalem shall be trodden 
 down by the Gentiles." (Luke, xxi. 24.) 
 
 The number, as we before observed, who perished by 
 the sword was very great, and this will be still more 
 evident from the following frightful catalogue of mas- 
 sacres, which took place in different parts : — By the 
 command of Florus, the first author of the war, there 
 were slain at Jerusalem, 3,600. By the inhabitants of 
 Ccesarea, more than 20,000. At Scythopolis, about 
 13,000. At Ascalon, 2,500. At Ptolemais, 2,000. At 
 Alexandria, 50,000. At Joppa, by Cestius Gallus, 8,400. 
 In Mount Asamon, about 2,000. At Damascus, 10,000. 
 In a battle with the Romans at Ascalon, 10,000. In an 
 ambuscade near Ascalon, 8,000. At Japha, 15,000. 
 Samaritans on Mount Gerizim, 11,600. At Jotapa, 
 40,000. At Joppa, by Vespasian, 4,200. At Tarichea, 
 6,500. And after the city was taken, 1,200. At Gamala, 
 4,000. About 5,000 threw themselves down a precipice. 
 Under John of Gischala, 6,000. Gadarenes, 15,000 slain, 
 and countless multitudes drowned. At Idumea, 10,000. 
 Gerasa, 1000. Machceans, 1,700. The woods of Jardes, 
 3,000. The castle of Masada, 960. In Gyrene, by Ca- 
 tullus the governor, 3,000. Titus murders 2,500 Jews, in 
 honour of his brother's birthday, and a greater number 
 at Berytus, in honour of his father's. Some he caused to 
 kill each other ; some were thrown to the wild beasts ; 
 and others burnt alive. 
 
 Besides these, many of every age, sex, and condition 
 were slain in the war, who are not reckoned ; but, of 
 those who are reckoned, the number amounts to upwards 
 of 1,357,660, which would have appeared incredible, if 
 their own historian had not so particularly enumerated 
 them. 
 
 Many also were led away captives into all nations. 
 
122 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 There were taken at Japha, 2,130. At Jotapa, 1,200. At 
 Tarichea, 6,000 chosen young men, who were sent to 
 Nero ; others sold, to the number of 30,400, besides those 
 who were given to Agrippa. Of the Gadarenes were 
 taken 2,200. In Idumea, above 1,000. Many besides 
 these were taken in Jerusalem; so that, as Josephus 
 says, the number of the captives taken in the whole war 
 amounted to 97,000. Those above seventeen years of age 
 were sent to the works in Egypt ; but most were distri- 
 buted through the Roman provinces, to be destroyed in 
 their theatres by the sword, and by the wild beasts ; and 
 those under seventeen years of age were sold for slaves. 
 Eleven thousand in one place perished for want. Thus 
 were the Jews miserably tormented, and distributed over 
 the Roman provinces ; and continue to be distressed and 
 dispersed over all the nations of the world to the pre- 
 sent day. Jerusalem also was, according to the predic- 
 tion of our Lord, to be trodden down by the Gentiles. 
 Accordingly, it has never since been in the possession of 
 the Jews. It was first in subjection to the Romans, 
 afterwards to the Sarazens, then to the Franks, after to 
 the Mamalukes, and now to the Turks. Thus has the pro- 
 phecy of Christ been fulfilled, on a people who are to 
 this day preserved as evidences of the truth of our Lord's 
 prediction, and of the truth of the Christian religion. 
 
 The war began in the second year of the government 
 of Gessius Florus, who succeeded Albinus, successor of 
 Porcius Festus, mentioned Acts, xxiv. 27. ; in the month 
 of May, in the tivelfth year of Nero, and the seventeenth 
 of Agrippa, mentioned Acts, xxv. and xxvi., that is, in 
 May, a. d. 66. The temple was burnt August 10. a. d. 
 70 ; the same day and month on which it had been burnt 
 by the king of Babylon. The city was taken September 
 8., in the second year of the reign of Vespasian, or the 
 year of Christ 70. That was the end of the siege of 
 Jerusalem, which began, as Josephus several times ob- 
 serves, about the fourteenth day of the month Nisan, or 
 our April. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 123 
 
 The following inscription * to the honour of Titus, 
 " who, by his father's directions and counsels, had sub- 
 dued the Jewish nation and destroyed Jerusalem, which 
 had never been destroyed by any generals, kings, or 
 people before." 
 
 Imp. Tito. Cesar I. DItI. VespasianI. F 
 
 Vespasiano. Aug. Pontifici. Maximo 
 Trie. Pot. X. Imp. XVII. Cos. VIII. P. P. 
 
 Principe Suo. S. P. Q. E. 
 Quod. Prjecepis. Patris. ConsiliIsqe. et 
 AuspiciIs. Gentem. Jud^orum. domvit. et 
 Urbem. Hierosoltman. Omnibus, ante, se 
 Ducibus. Eegibus. Gentibusque. aut. frustra 
 
 PeTITAM. AUT. OMN1NO. 1NTENTATAM. DELEVIT. 
 
 For this complete conquest of Jerusalem, Titus had a 
 triumphal arch erected to his honour at Rome, and which 
 still exists. It stands on the Via Sacra, leading from the 
 Forum to the Amphitheatre. On it are represented the 
 spoils of the temple of God, such as the golden table of 
 tiie show-bread, the golden candlestick with its seven 
 branches, the ark of the covenant, the two golden trumpets, 
 &c. &c. On this arch, a correct sketch of which taken on 
 the spot and in my possession, is the following inscrip- 
 tion: — 
 
 Senatus 
 
 Popueusque Romanes 
 
 Divo Tito. Divi Vespasiani. F 
 
 VESrASIANO AuGUSTO. 
 
 " The Senate and People of Rome, to the Divine Titus, son of the 
 Divine Vespasian : and to Vespasian the Emperor" 
 
 The medal struck on the occasion of the conquest of 
 Jerusalem bears the following inscription round a lau- 
 reated head of the Emperor Vespasian : — 
 
 luT.erator J.ulius Cms. ar Y^.SP.asianus AxjG.ustus. T.ontifex 
 M.aximus, Tn.ibunitia, Y.otestate P.ater P. atria. Co.n S.ul VIII. 
 
 * From Grater's Inscriptions, vol. i. p. 244. 
 
124 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 On the obverse are represented a palm tree, the em- 
 blem of the Land of Judea ; the emperor with a trophy 
 standing on the left ; Judea, under the figure of a dis- 
 tressed woman, sitting at the foot of the tree, weeping, 
 with her head bowed down, supported by her left hand, 
 with the legend, Judaea. Capta. S.enatus C.onsultus. at 
 the bottom. This is not only an extraordinary fulfilment 
 of our Lord's prediction, but a literal accomplishment of 
 a prophecy delivered about 800 years before, Isa. iii. 26. 
 And she, desolate, shall sit upon the ground. 
 
 " Who that has ever read the 24th chapter of St. Matthew's 
 Gospel, and compared it with the Roman historians of 
 the reigns of Vespasian and Titus, and the history of 
 Josephus, and who knows anything of the present state 
 of the Jews on the face of the earth, or even of those 
 in England, can doubt for a moment the truth of the 
 Gospel, or the infinite and all-comprehensive knowledge 
 of Him who is its author?" The history of the Romans, 
 written by so many hands ; the history of the Jews, 
 written by one of themselves ; triumphal arches, coins, 
 medals, and public monuments of different kinds, are so 
 many evidences preserved by the wisdom of God, to show 
 that the prophecy of Christ, has been most literally and 
 terribly fulfilled on a people who are still preserved as 
 continued monuments of His justice, and that not one 
 jot or tittle of His word can fail. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 125 
 
 DATES OF EVENTS RECORDED IN THE ACTS ,OF THE APOSTLES. 
 CONTINUED TO THE DESTRUCTION OE JERUSALEM. 
 
 Events. 
 
 Descent of the Holy Ghost - 
 
 Peter and John imprisoned - - - 
 
 Ananias and Sapphira struck dead - 
 
 Stephen stoned, — first Persecution - 
 
 Philip baptizes the Ethiopian - 
 
 Conversion of Saul, who goes to Arabia - 
 
 Pilate deposed ------ 
 
 Tiberius succeeded by Caligula - 
 
 Peter cures Eneas — raises Tabitha - 
 
 Saul returns to Damascus - 
 
 Caligula succeeded by Claudius - 
 
 Conversion of Cornelius - 
 
 Saul visits Jerusalem and proceeds to Cilicia - 
 
 Herod Agrippa made King of Judea 
 
 Saul at Antioch (Acts, xi. 26.) 
 
 Disciples first called Christians at Antioch 
 
 Herod, puts James to death 
 
 Awful death of Herod - - - - - 
 
 Famine foretold by Agabus - 
 
 Saul again at Jerusalem - 
 
 Saul and Barnabas sent to preach to the Gentiles 
 
 Paul at Cyprus ------ 
 
 Paul visits Iconium, Lystra, &c. - 
 
 Resides at Antioch till 
 
 Attends the council at Jerusalem - - - 
 Visits the churches and arrives at Troas - 
 Visits Macedonia and Greece - 
 Paul at Athens ------ 
 
 Resides at Corinth till - - - - - 
 
 Felix appointed governor of Judea 
 Paul visits Jerusalem, returns to Antioch 
 Claudius succeeded by Nero - - - - 
 
 Paul at Ephesus ; tumult there - 
 
 Visits Macedonia ------ 
 
 Paul arrives at Jerusalem - - - - 
 
 Paul imprisoned at Ccsarea ------ 
 
 Festus appointed governor of Judea 
 
 Paul's defence before Agrippa - - _ 
 
126 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 Events. 
 
 Paul arrives at Rome ------ 
 
 Leaves Italy in ------- 
 
 It is supposed that Paul then visited various coun- 
 tries, and was again a prisoner at Rome - 
 Paul beheaded at Rome (some date this 68) - 
 Nero kills himself — is succeeded by Galba 
 Vespasian becomes Emperor - - - - - 
 
 Jerusalem destroyed by Titus - 
 
 S 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 .2 
 
 "3 
 
 60 
 
 6i 
 
 62 
 
 64 
 
 65 
 
 64 
 
 66 
 
 65 
 
 68 
 
 68 
 
 69 
 
 69 
 
 70 
 
 70 
 

 OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 127 
 
 QUOTATIONS 
 
 EBOM THE OLD TESTAMENT FOUND 
 
 
 [N THE NEW TESTAMENT 
 
 
 
 Exactly agreeing with the Hebrew. 
 
 
 OLD TEST. 
 
 jSTEW test. 
 
 OLD TEST. 
 
 NEW TEST. 
 
 Hos. xi. 1. 
 
 M. ii. 1 5. 
 
 Gen. xxi. 7- 
 
 Ro ix. 7. 
 
 Deut. viii. 3. 
 
 M. iv. 4 ; L. iv. 4. 
 
 Gen. xxv. 23. 
 
 Ro. ix. 12. 
 
 Deut.vi. 16. 
 
 M. iv. 7. 
 
 Mai. i. 2, 3. 
 
 Ro. ix. 13. 
 
 Is. liii. 4. 
 
 M. viii. 17. 
 
 Ex. xxxiii. 19. 
 
 Ro. ix. 15. 
 
 Hos. vi. 6. 
 
 M. ix. 13; xii. 7. 
 
 Ex. ix. 16. 
 
 Ro. ix. 17. 
 
 Lev. xix. 18. J 
 
 M.xix. 19; xxii. 
 
 Lev. xviii 5. 
 
 Ro. x. 5. 
 
 39. 
 
 Ps. lxix. 10. 
 
 Ro. xv. 3. 
 
 [ 
 
 M. xxi. 42.; Mr. 
 
 Ps. xviii. 50. 
 
 Ro. xv. 9. 
 
 Ps. cxviii. 22, J 
 
 xii. 10; Lu. 
 
 Ps. cxvii. 1. 
 
 Ro. xv. 11. 
 
 23. 1 
 
 xx. 17; Ac. 
 
 Is. Iii. 15. 
 
 Ro. xv. 21. 
 
 I 
 
 iv. 11.' 
 
 Job, v. 13. 
 
 i Cor. 'iii. 19. 
 
 1 
 
 M. xxii. 44; Mr. 
 
 Deut. xxv. 4. 
 
 1 Cor. ix. 9. 
 
 Ps. ex. 1. > 
 
 xii. 36; Lu. 
 
 Ex. xxxii. 6. 
 
 1 Cor. x. 7. 
 
 J 
 
 xx. 42. 
 
 Ps. xxiv. 1. 
 
 1 Cor. x. 26. 
 
 Ps. xxii. 19. 
 
 M. xxvii. 35. 
 
 Ps. viii. 6. 
 
 1 Cor. xv. 27. 
 
 Ps. xxii. 2. 
 
 M. xxvii. 46. 
 
 Is. xxii. 13. 
 
 1 Cor. xv. 32. 
 
 Is. liii. 12. | 
 
 Mr. xv. 28 ; Lu. 
 
 Is. xxv. 8. 
 
 1 Cor. xv. 54. 
 
 xxii .37. 
 
 Ps. cxvi. 10. 
 
 2 Cor. iv. 13. 
 
 Lev. xii. 8. 
 
 Lu. ii. 24. 
 
 Is. xlix. 8. 
 
 2 Cor. vi. 2. 
 
 Ps. lxix. 10. 
 
 Jo. ii. 17. 
 
 Ex. xvi. 18. 
 
 2 Cor. viii. 8, 1 5. 
 
 Ps. Ixxxii. 6. 
 
 Jo. x. 34. 
 
 Ps. cxii. 9. 
 
 •2 Cor. ix. 9. 
 
 Ps. liii. 1. | 
 
 Jo. xii. 38 ; See 
 
 Is. liv. 1. 
 
 Gal. iv. 27. 
 
 Eo. x. 16. 
 
 2 Sa. vii. 14. 
 
 Heb. i. 5. 
 
 Ps. xxii. 19. 
 
 Jo. xix. 24. 
 
 Ps. civ. 4. 
 
 Heb. i. 7. 
 
 Ps. cix. 8. 
 
 Ac. i. 20. 
 
 Ps. xlv. 7, 8. 
 
 Heb. i. 8, 9. 
 
 Gen. xxii. 18. 
 
 Ac. iii. 25. 
 
 Ps. viii. 4-6. 
 
 Heb. ii. 6-8. 
 
 Ps. ii. 2. 
 
 Ac. iv. 25, 26. 
 
 Ps.xxii. 23. 
 
 Heb. ii. 12. 
 
 Ps. ii. 7. 
 
 Ac. xiii. 33. 
 
 Is. viii. 17, 18. 
 
 Heb. ii. 13. 
 
 Ex. xxii. 27. 
 
 Ac. xxiii. 5. 
 
 Gen. ii. 3. 
 
 Heb. iv. 4. 
 
 Ps. v. 10. 
 
 Ro. iii. 13. 
 
 Gen. xxii 16, 17= 
 
 Heb. vi. 13, 14. 
 
 Ps. cxl. 4. 
 
 Ro. iii. 13. 
 
 Deut, xxxii. 35. 
 
 Heb. x. 30. 
 
 Ps. xxxvi. 2. 
 
 Ro. iii. 18. 
 
 Gen. xlvii. 31. 
 
 Heb. xi. 21. 
 
 Ps. xxxii. 1, 2. 
 
 Ro. iv. 7, 8. 
 
 Pro. iii. 11. 
 
 Heb. xii. 5. 
 
 Gen. xvii. 5. 
 
 Ro. iv. 17. 
 
 Josh. i. 5. 
 
 Heb. xiii. 5. 
 
 Gen. xv. 5. 
 
 Ro. iv. 18. 
 
 Lev. xi. 44. 
 
 1 Pet, i. 16. 
 
 Ps. xliv. 22, 
 
 Ro. viii. 36. 
 
 - 
 
 
128 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 Nearly agreeing with the Hebrew. 
 
 OLD test. 
 Is. vii. 14. 
 Jer. xxxi. 15. 
 Ps. xci. 11, 12. 
 Deut. vi. 13. 
 Is. ix. 1, 2. 
 
 Is. vi. 9, 10. \ 
 
 Gen. ii. 24. 
 Ex. xx. 12—16 
 
 Ex. iii. 6. <^ 
 
 Deut. vi. 5. < 
 
 Zee. xiii. 7. 
 Ps. lxxviii. 24. 
 Is. liv. 13. 
 Ps. xli. 9. 
 Ps. cix. 3. 
 Ex. xii. 46. 
 Zee. xii. 10. 
 
 Joel, iii. 1 — 5. < 
 
 Gen. xii. 1. 
 Is. lxvi. 1, 2. 
 Is. xlix. 6. 
 Hab. ii. 4. 
 Is. Iii. 5. 
 Ps. Ii. 6. 
 Gen. xv. 6. 
 Hos.ii. l.(Eng.\ 
 ver. i. 10.) J 
 Is. i. 9. 
 
 Is. viii. 14. \ 
 Is. xxviii. 16. J 
 Is. Iii. 7. 
 
 NEW TEST. 
 
 M. i. 23. 
 M. ii. 18. 
 M. iv. 6. 
 M. iv. 10. 
 M. iv. 15, 16. 
 M. xiii. 14, 15; 
 
 Ac. xxviii. 26. 
 
 Mr. iv. 12; Lu. 
 
 viii. 10. 
 M. xix. 5. 
 M.xix. 18,19. 
 M. xxii. 32 ; 
 Mr. xii. 26 ; 
 Lu. xx. 37. 
 M. xxii. 37 ; 
 Mr. xii. 30 ; 
 Lu. x. 27. 
 M. xxvi. 31. 
 Jo. vi. 31.. 
 Jo. vi. 45. 
 Jo. xiii. 18. 
 Jo. xv. 25. 
 Jo. xix. 36. 
 Jo. xix. 37. 
 Ac. ii. 17. (See 
 
 Eo. x. 11.) 
 Ac. vii. 3. 
 Ac. vii. 49, 50. 
 Ac. xiii. 47. 
 Ro. i. 17. 
 Ro. ii. 24. 
 Ro. iii. 4. 
 Ro. iv. 3. 
 
 Ro. ix. 26. 
 
 Ro. ix. 29. 
 
 Ro. ix. 33. 
 
 Ro. x. 15. 
 
 OLD TEST, 
 xix. 5. "1 
 
 Sng. vers. > 
 vers.) J 
 
 OLD TEST. 
 
 Ps. xix. 5. 
 
 (Ei 
 
 4 v< 
 Deut. xxxii. 21. 
 Is. lxv. 1, 2. 
 1 Ki. xix. 14. 
 1 EX xix. 18. 
 
 Deut. xxxii. 25. 
 
 Pro. xxv. 21, 22 
 Deu. xxxii. 24. 
 
 (Eng. vers. 
 
 43 vers. ) 
 Is. xxix. 14. 
 Is. xl. 13. 
 Ps. xciv. 11. 
 Is. xxviii. 11, 12. 
 Gen. ii. 7 
 Lev. xxvi. 11,12. 
 Gen. xxi. 10. 
 Ps. lxviii. 19. 
 Ex. xx. 12. 
 Ps. xcvii. 7. 
 Ps. cii. 25—27. 
 Ps. xcv 7—11. 
 Ex. xxv. 40. 
 Jer. xxxi. 31^1 
 
 -34. J 
 
 Ex. xxiv. 8. 
 Ps. cxviii. 6. 
 Is. xl. 6—8. 
 Ex. xix. 6. 
 Is. liii. 9. 
 Is. liii. 5. 
 Ps. xxxiv. 13 \ 
 
 -17. J 
 
 Is. viii. 12, 13. 
 Pro. x. 12. 
 Ps. ii. 9. 
 
 NEW TEST. 
 
 Ro. x. 18. 
 
 Ro. x. 19. 
 Ro. x. 20, 21. 
 Ro. xi. 3. 
 Ro. xi. 4. 
 f Ro. xii. 19. ; 
 \Heb. x. 30. 
 Ro. xii. 20. 
 
 Ro. xv. 10. 
 
 1 Cor. i. 19. 
 1 Cor. ii. 16. 
 1 Cor. iii. 20. 
 I Cor. xiv. 21. 
 
 1 Cor. xv. 45. 
 
 2 Cor. vi. 16. 
 Gal. iv. 30. 
 Ep. iv. 8. 
 Ep. vi. 2, 3. 
 Heb. i. 6. 
 Heb. i. 10—12. 
 Heb. iii. 7—10. 
 Heb. viii. 5. 
 
 Heb. viii. 
 
 12. 
 
 Heb. ix. 20. 
 Heb. xiii. 6. 
 1 Pet. i. 24, 25. 
 1 Pet. ii. 9. 
 1 Pet. ii. 22. 
 1 Pet. ii. 24. 
 
 1 Pet. iii. 10— 12. 
 
 1 Pet. iii. 14, 15. 
 1 Pet. iv. 8. 
 Rev. ii. 27. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 129 
 
 Agreeing with the Hebrew in sense but not in words. 
 
 OLD TEST. 
 
 NEW TEST. 
 
 OLD TEST. 
 
 NEW TEST. 
 
 r 
 
 M. iii. 3 ; 
 
 Jos. xxiv. 32. 
 
 Ac. vii. 16. 
 
 Is. xl. 3-5. < 
 
 Mr. i. 3 ; 
 
 Ps. xiv. 1 — 3. 
 
 Eo. iii. 3—12. 
 
 1 
 
 L. iii. 46. 
 
 Is. lix. 7, 8. 
 
 Eo. iii. 15—17. 
 
 Is. xlii. 1 — 4. 
 
 M.xii. 18—21. 
 
 Gen. xviii. 10. 
 
 Eo. ix. 9. 
 
 Ps. lxxviii. 2. 
 
 M. xiii. 35. 
 
 Hos. ii. 23. 
 
 Eo. ix. 25. 
 
 Zee. ix. 9. 
 
 M. xxi. 5. 
 
 Is. x. 22, 23. 
 
 Eo. ix. 27, 28. 
 
 Ps. viii. 3. 
 
 M. xxi. 16. 
 
 Ps. lxix. 23, 24. 
 
 Eo. xi. 9, 10. 
 
 Zee. xi. 13. 
 
 M.xxvii. 9, 10. 
 
 Is. xlv. 23. 
 
 Eo. xiv. 11. 
 
 Ex. xiii. 2. 
 
 Lu. ii. 23. 
 
 Is. xi. 10. 
 
 Eo. xv. 12. 
 
 Zee. ix. 9. 
 
 Jo. xii. 15. 
 
 Is. liii. 11, 12. 
 
 2 Cor. vi. 17. 
 
 Is. vi. 9, 10. 
 
 Jo. xii. 40. 
 
 Gen. xii. 3. 
 
 Gal. iii. 8. 
 
 Ps. lxix. 26. 
 
 Ac. i. 20. 
 
 Deu. xxvii. 26. 
 
 Gal. iii. 10. 
 
 Deu.xviii. 15, 19. 
 
 Ac. iii. 22, 23. 
 
 Hag. ii. 6. 
 
 Heb. xii. 26. 
 
 Quotations which give the general sense.* 
 
 Ps. xxii. 6 ; "1 
 lxix. 9, 10 ; | 
 
 
 Gen. xv. 13, 14. 
 
 Ac. vii. 6, 7. 
 
 Mat. ii. 23. 
 
 Gen. xlvi. 27. 
 
 Ac. vii. 14. 
 
 Is. Hi. liii. ; f 
 
 Amos, ix. 11, 12. 
 
 Ac. xv. 16, 17. 
 
 Zee. xi. 12, 13. J 
 
 
 Is. xxix. 10. 
 
 Eo. xi. 8. 
 
 Zee. ix. 9. 
 
 Jo. xii. 15. 
 
 (Gen. vi. 35?) 
 
 Ja. iv. 5. 
 
 
 Jo. xii. 40.(^66 
 M. xiii. 14, 
 
 
 
 Is. vi. 9, 10. - 
 
 15; Mr. iv. 
 12; Lu. vifi. 
 10 ; Ac. 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 xxviii. 26.) 
 
 
 
 Quotations made upfront several passages. 
 
 Ps.lxxxix.20;"l 
 1 Sam. xiii. 14. j 
 
 Ac. xiii. 22. 
 
 Zee. ix. 9. (See"! 
 Is. lxii. 11.)/ 
 
 M. xxi. 5. 
 
 Is. xxviii. 16; 1 
 viii. 14. j 
 
 Ko. ix. 33. 
 
 Ps. xxii. 6;] 
 lxix. 9, 10; 
 
 
 
 Is. xxix. 10.1 
 
 
 Is. Iii. liii.; 
 
 ►? 
 
 M. ii. 23. 
 
 See Is. vi. 9 ; [ 
 andEzek. ii. ( 
 
 Eo. xi. 8. 
 
 Zec.xi. 12, 
 13. 
 
 
 
 12.) J 
 
 
 
 
 Ps. lxix. 26; cix 
 8. 
 
 Ac. i. 20. 
 
 
 
 * In this section of quotations, giving the general sense, the matter 
 
 in the text is either abridged or added to. 
 
130 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 Quotations differing from the Hebrew, but agreeing with Septuagint. 
 
 OLD TEST. 
 
 NEW TEST. 
 
 OLD TEST. 
 
 NEW TEST. 
 
 Is. xxix. 13. 
 
 M. xv. 8, 9. 
 
 Ps. xix. 5. "1 
 
 
 Ps. xvi. 8—11. 
 
 Ac. ii. 25—28. 
 
 (Readver.4 1 
 
 Ro. x. 18. 
 
 Amos, v. 25 — 27. 
 
 Ac. vii. 42, 43. 
 
 of the Eng. j 
 
 Is. lv. 3. 
 
 Ac. xiii. 34. 
 
 version.) J 
 
 
 
 
 Prov. iii. 34. 
 
 Jas. iv. 6. 
 
 Quotations probably having a different reading in the Hebrew, or 
 
 perhaps the Apostles understood the words in a different sense from 
 
 that expressed in our lexicons. 
 
 Mi. v. 2. 
 
 M. ii. 6. 
 
 Ps. x. 7. 
 
 Ro. iii. 14. 
 
 r 
 
 M. xi. 10 ; 
 
 Ps. xix. 5. 
 
 Ro. x. 18. 
 
 Mai. iii. 1. < 
 
 Mr. i. 2 ; 
 
 Is. lix. 20, 21. 
 
 Ro. xi. 26, 27. 
 
 \ 
 
 Lu. vii. 27. 
 
 Deu. xxxii. 35. 
 
 Ro. xii. 19. 
 
 Is. lxi. 1, 2. 
 
 Lu. iv. 18, 19. 
 
 Deu. xxxii. 16. 
 
 Ro. xv. 10. 
 
 Is. liii. 7, 8. 
 
 Ac. viii. 32,33. 
 
 Is. lxiv. 3. 
 
 1 Cor. ii. 9. 
 
 Hab. i. 5. 
 
 Ac. xiii. 41. 
 
 Hab. ii. 3, 4. 
 
 Heb. x. 37, 38. 
 
 Amos, ix. 11, 12. 
 
 Ac. xv. 16, 17. 
 
 Is. xxviii. 16. 
 
 1 Pet. ii. 6. 
 
 Passages in which the Hebrew seems to be corrupted. 
 
 Mi. v. 2. 
 
 M. ii. 6. 
 
 Ps. xvi. 8—11. 
 
 Ac. ii. 25 — 28. 
 
 r 
 
 M. xi. 10; 
 
 Arabs, ix. 11, 12. 
 
 Ac. xv. 16, 17. 
 
 MaL iii. 1. < 
 
 Mr. i. 2.; 
 Lu. vii. 27 
 
 Ps. xl. 7—9. 
 
 Heb. x. 5—7. 
 
 Passages of mere references or allusions. 
 
 Is. xii. 3. 
 
 Jo. vii. 38. 
 
 Hos. xiii. 14. 
 
 1 Cor. xv. 25. 
 
 Deu. xxx. 12 — 
 
 Ro. x. 6—8. 
 
 Deu. xix. 15. 
 
 2 Cor. xiii. 1. 
 
 14. 
 
 
 Hos. xiv. 3. 
 
 Heb. xiii. 15. 
 
 Deu. xxxii. 17. 
 
 1 Cor. x. 20. 
 
 2 Sam. vii. 14.? 
 
 2 Cor. vi. 18.? 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 

 OF THE 
 
 BIBLE. 131 
 
 THE MOST REMARKABLE PARALLEL PASSAGES OP THE 
 
 BOOKS OF CHRONICLES AND THOSE OF SAMUEL AND 
 
 KINGS. 
 
 
 
 1 CHRON. 
 
 1 SAM. 
 
 2 CHRON. 
 
 1 KINGS. 
 
 X. 1—12. 
 
 xxxi. 
 
 xii. 2—11. 
 
 xiv. 25—28. 
 
 
 2 SAM. 
 
 xvi. 1—6. 
 
 xv. 17—22. 
 
 xi. 1—9. 
 
 v. 1—10. 
 
 xviii. 
 
 xx. 2 — 35. 
 
 xi. 10—41. 
 
 xxv. 8—30. 
 
 xx. 31—37. 
 
 xxii. 41 — 50. 
 
 xiii. 1—14. 
 
 vi. 3—11. 
 
 
 2 Kings. 
 
 xiy. 1—17. 
 
 v. 11—25. 
 
 xxi. 6—10. 
 
 viii. 17 — 24. 
 
 xvii. 
 
 vii. 
 
 xxii. 2 — 6. 
 
 viii. 26—29. 
 
 xviii. 
 
 viii. 
 
 xxii. 10—12; 23. 
 
 xi. 
 
 xix. 
 
 X. 
 
 xxiv. 1 — 14. 
 
 xii. 1—16. 
 
 xx. 1—3. 
 
 xi. 1.; xii. 30, 31. 
 
 xxv. 1 — 4, 11, 
 
 xiv. 1 — 14. 
 
 xx. 4 — 8. 
 
 xxi. 18—22. 
 
 17—24. 
 
 
 xxi. 
 
 xxiv. 
 
 xxv. 27, 28. 
 
 xiv. 19, 20. 
 
 2 Chron. 
 
 1 Kings. 
 
 xxvi. 1, 2. 
 
 xiv. 21, 22. 
 
 i. 3—13. 
 
 iii. 4—14. 
 
 xxvii. 1 — 3. 
 
 xv. 33 — 35. 
 
 i. 14—17. 
 
 x. 26—29. 
 
 xxviii. 1 — 4. 
 
 xvi. 2 — 4. 
 
 ii. 
 
 v. 15—32. 
 
 xxix. 1, 2. 
 
 xviii. 2, 3. 
 
 iii. 
 
 vi. 
 
 xxxii. 9 — 21. 
 
 xviii. 17 — 37. 
 
 iv. 
 
 vii. 
 
 xxxii. 24 — 31. 
 
 xx. 1—19. 
 
 v. 2 — 14 ; vi. 7 — 
 
 viii. 1—11. 
 
 xxxiii. 1 — 10. 
 
 xxi. 1 — 10. 
 
 10. 
 
 
 xxxiv. 1, 2, 8— 
 
 xxii. 
 
 vi. 12 — 40; vii. 
 
 viii. 12 — 52 ; 
 
 28. 
 
 
 4—10. 
 
 62—66. 
 
 xxxiv. 29—33. 
 
 xxiii. 1—20. 
 
 vii. 12 — 22. 
 
 ix. 1—9. 
 
 xxxv. 18, 20— 
 
 xxiii. 22, 23. 
 
 viii. 1—18. 
 
 x. 11—28. 
 
 25. 
 
 
 ix. 1—12. 
 
 x. 1 — 10. 
 
 xxxvi. 1. 
 
 xxiii. 29, 30. 
 
 ix. 13—31. 
 
 x. 14—29. 
 
 xxxvi. 2 — 4. 
 
 xxiii. 31—34. 
 
 x. 1—19; xi. 1— 
 4. 
 
 xii. 1—24. 
 
 
 The above should 
 
 be read and coll< 
 
 ited together in order to obtain a 
 
 more coinprehen 
 
 sive view of Jewis 
 
 i history, also to illustrate or amend 
 
 from one book w 
 
 1 
 
 aat is obscure in e 
 
 ither of the others. 
 
132 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 
 ARRANGEMENT OF THE CHAPTERS OP JEREMIAH ACCORDING 
 
 
 TO THE GREEK SEPTUAGINT VERSION.* 
 
 
 HEBREW. 
 
 GREEK. 
 
 HEBREW. 
 
 GREEK. 
 
 
 i. to xxiv. 
 
 i. to xxiv. 
 
 xliv. 
 
 Ii. to ver. 31. 
 
 
 xxv. to ver. 14. 
 
 xxv. to ver. 14. 
 
 xlv. 
 
 Ii. from ver. 31. 
 
 
 from rer. 14. 
 
 xxxii. 
 
 xlvi. 
 
 xxvi. 
 
 
 xx vi. 
 
 xxxiii. 
 
 xlvii. 
 
 xxix. ver. 1 — 7. 
 
 
 xxvii. to ver. 19. 
 
 xxxiv. 
 
 xlviii. to ver. 45. 
 
 xxxi. 
 
 
 from rer. 19. 
 
 wanting. 
 
 from ver. 45. 
 
 wanting. 
 
 
 xxviii. xxix. ~] 
 
 f xxxv. xxxvi. 
 
 •! xxxvii. 
 
 [ xxxviii.xxxix. 
 
 xlix. ver. 1 — 5. 
 
 xxx. ver. 1 — 5. 
 
 
 xxx. xxxi. > 
 
 from ver. 7 — 23. 
 
 xxix, from ver. 7. 
 
 
 xxxii. J 
 
 from ver. 23 — 28. 
 
 xxx. ver. 12 — 16. 
 
 
 xxxiii. to ver. 14. 
 
 xl. 
 
 from ver. 28 — 34. 
 
 — ver. 6—11. 
 
 
 from yer. 14. 
 
 wanting. 
 
 from ver. 34. 
 
 xxv. from ver. 
 
 
 xxxiy. xxxv. "J 
 
 fxli. xlii xliii. 
 
 
 13. 
 
 
 xxxvi. J- 
 
 j 
 
 1. 
 
 xxvii. 
 
 
 xxxvii.xxxviii. j 
 
 L xliv. xlv. 
 
 Ii. 
 
 xxviii. 
 
 
 xxxix. ver. 1 — 3. 
 
 xlvi. 
 
 Iii. 
 
 Iii. 
 
 
 14—18. 
 
 
 
 
 
 ver. 4. 13. 
 
 wanting. 
 
 
 
 
 xl. xli. xlii. 1 
 
 f xlvii. xlviii. 
 \ xlix. 
 
 
 
 
 xliii. J 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 DAHLER's ARRANGEMENT OF JEREMIAH^ PROPHECIES, 
 
 
 ACCORDING TO THE TIME AND CIRCUMSTANCE OF EACH. 
 
 
 Observe. — Dahler 's arrangement may occasionally throw some light 
 
 
 upon the historical facts, but it is preposterous to suppose that the 
 
 
 book was originally arranged in this manner. 
 
 
 i. Under Josiah. 
 
 xlvi. 2—12. 
 
 xlv. 1—5. 
 
 xxiv. 1 — 10. 
 
 
 i. 1—19. 
 
 x. 1—16. 
 
 xii. 14—17. 
 
 xxix. 1 — 32. 
 
 
 iv. 1—6. 30. 
 
 xiv. 1 — 15. 21. 
 
 x. 17—25. 
 
 xxvii. 1 — 28. 
 
 
 ii. 1—3. 5. 
 
 xvi. 1—17,18. 
 
 iii. Under Jecho- 
 
 17. 
 
 
 iii. 6 — 4. 4. 
 
 xviii. 1—23. 
 
 niah. 
 
 xlix. 34 — 39. 
 
 
 xvii. 19—27. 
 
 xix. 1—20.13. 
 
 xiii. 1 — 27. 
 
 Ii. 34—39. 
 
 
 xlvii. 1 — 7. 
 
 xx. 14—18. 
 
 iv. Under Zede- 
 
 Ii. 59—64. 
 
 
 ii. Under Jeho- 
 
 xxiii. 9 — 40. 
 
 kiah. 
 
 xxi. 1—14. 
 
 
 iakim. 
 
 xxxv. 1 — 19. 
 
 xxii. 1—23. 8. 
 
 xxxiv. 1 — 7. 
 
 
 vii. 1-9. 25. 
 
 xxv. 1—38. 
 
 xi. 1—17. 
 
 xxxvii. 1 — 10. 
 
 
 xxvi. 1 — 24- 
 
 xxxvi. 1—32. 
 
 xi.18— 12, 13. 
 
 xxxiv. 8 — 22. 
 
 
 * From Bagster's London Polyglott. 
 
 
OF THE 
 
 BIBLE. 133 
 
 xxxvii. 11 — 21. 
 
 xlix.l— 41.18. 
 
 vi. Relative to 
 
 vii. Historical 
 
 xxxviii. 1— 28. 
 
 xlii. 1—43. 7. 
 
 strange nations. 
 
 Appendix. 
 
 xxxix. 15 — 18. 
 
 xxx. 1—31.40. 
 
 xlvii. 1 — 7. 
 
 Hi. 1—34. 
 
 xxxii. 1 — 44. 
 
 Delivered in 
 
 xlviii. 1 — 47. 
 
 
 xxxiii. 1 — 10. 
 
 Egypt. 
 
 xlix. 23—27 
 
 
 v. After the de- 
 
 xliii. 8—13. 
 
 xlix. 28—33. 
 
 
 struction of Je- 
 
 xliv. 1—30. 
 
 1. 1—51. 58— 
 
 
 rusalem. 
 
 xlvi. 13—28. 
 
 64. 
 
 
 xxxix. 11 — 14. 
 
 
 
 
 newcome's arrangement of the prophecies of ezekiel. 
 
 Chapters. 
 
 Time, 8fc. 
 
 i — vii. - - - B. c. 
 
 595, the 5th year of Jehoiachin's 
 
 
 captivity. 
 
 viii — xix. - 
 
 6th do. 
 
 xx — xxiii. - - - 
 
 7th do. 
 
 xxiv. - 
 
 xxix. ver. 1 — 16; and"! 
 xxx. ver. 20 — xxxiii. J 
 
 9th the siege began, 
 f Between the 10th and 
 - 4 1 2th of Jechoiachin's 
 [ captivity, 
 f After the destruction of 
 
 xxv — xxviii. - 
 
 < Jerusalem was known 
 
 xxxiv — xxxix. 
 
 [ to the Prophet. 
 After the destruction of 
 
 
 Jerusalem. 
 
 xl — xlviii. - - . 
 
 25 th of Jehoiachin's 
 
 xxix. ver. 17. to end; andl 
 xxx. ver. 1 — 19. j 
 
 captivity. 
 f"27th of Jehoiachin's 
 \ captivity. 
 
 FRASER'S SEVEN PARALLELS IN ISAIAH ; 
 
 Each beginning with some account of the Messiah, and ending 
 
 with an account c 
 
 f the Millennium. 
 
 1. xl. and xli. 
 
 5. lxi. ends with lxiv. 
 
 2. xlii., ends with xlviii. 
 
 6. lxv. 
 
 3. xlix. ends with Hi. 12. 
 
 7. lxvi. 
 
 4. Hi. 13., ends with lx. 
 
 
 
 PASSAGES IN 
 
 ISAIAH REFEI 
 
 LRING TO THE CONVERSION 
 
 AND RESTORATION OF JUD 
 
 AH AND ISRAEL. (Fdber.) 
 
 Is. ii. 1—5; vi. 8—13; xi. 1- 
 
 -14, 27; xvii — xix; xxiv — xxvii; 
 
 xxx. 17—33; xxxiv, xxxv. xlii. 
 
 1—43, 21 ; xlix. 5—26; liv.; Hx. 
 
 1, 2, 15 — 21; lx. Ixii, lxiii; lxvi. t 
 
 —24. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 K 3 
 
134 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 PROFESSOR GRIESBACH S GOSPELS OF ST. MATTHEW, 
 ST. MARK, AND ST. LUKE HARMONISED ; 
 
 Showing that, with the exception of a very few verses, the whole of 
 St. Mark's Gospel is contained in those of St. Matthew and 
 St. Luke. 
 
 X. JB. The middle column contains the whole of St. Mark's Gospel ; 
 those portions on the right and left contain the portions of St. Mat- 
 thew-'s Gospel, and St. Luke's, which correspond to the stated portions 
 of the Gospel according to St. Mark. 
 
 MATTHEW. 
 
 iii. 1—4. 22 
 
 xii. 15, 16 
 
 MARK. 
 
 i. 1—20. 
 
 22—39 
 
 40— iii. 6 
 
 iii. 7—12. 
 
 13—19 
 
 20, 21. 
 
 22—30. 
 
 31—35. 
 iv. 1—20. 
 
 21 — 25 
 
 LUKE. 
 
 iv. 31—44. 
 v. 12— vi. 11. 
 
 22, 23 
 
 vi. 12—16. 
 
 24—32 
 
 46 50 
 
 
 xiii. 1 23 
 
 
 
 viii. 16 — 18. 
 
 24—30 
 
 31 32 
 
 26—29. 
 
 30—32. 
 
 33, 34. 
 
 35 — 41 
 
 
 34 — 35 
 
 
 
 22—25. 
 26 — 56. 
 
 
 v. 1—43 
 
 53—58 
 
 vi. 1—6. 
 
 7—13 
 
 ix. 1—6. 
 
 xiv. 1, 2 
 
 14 — 16 
 
 7 9. 
 
 3, 12 
 
 17—29. 
 
 30, 31 
 
 
 
 10. 
 
 13 — 21 
 
 32 — 34 
 
 11—17. 
 
 18-51. 
 
 xviii. 15 — xx. 44. 
 xx. 45 — xxi. 4. 
 
 22— xvi. 12... 
 
 xvi. 13 — xvii. 9.... 
 
 xix. 1-12 
 
 13 — xxiii 
 
 45 — viii. 21. 
 (viii.22— 26.*) 
 viii.27 — ix.50. 
 x. 1—12. 
 
 13— xii. 37.... 
 xii. 38— 44 
 
 * The miracle recorded here is not mentioned by either of the other 
 Evangelists, and is another proof that St. Mark did not abridge either of 
 the other Gospels. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 135 
 
 MATTHEW. 
 
 xxiv. 1—36.. 
 
 xxvi. 1 — xxviii. 
 
 xxviii. 18—20. 
 
 MARK. 
 
 xiii. 1—32..., 
 
 (33—37.) 
 xiv. 1 — xvi. J 
 
 (xvi. 9.) 
 xvi. 10—13... 
 
 14 
 
 15—18. 
 
 19 
 
 (20.) 
 
 LUKE. 
 
 xxi. 5., &c. 
 
 xxiv. 10—33. 
 36—43. 
 
 50—51. 
 
 PARALLEL PASSAGES IN THE EPISTLES TO THE EPHESIANS 
 AND COLOSS1ANS. 
 
 Note. — The Epistles to the Ephesians and Colossians should be read to- 
 gether. The one is often a commentary on the other. 
 
 EPHESIANS. 
 
 COLOSSIANS. 
 
 EPHESIANS. 
 
 
 COLOSSIANS. 
 
 i. 1, 2. 
 
 
 i. 1, 2. 
 
 iv. 16. 
 
 
 ii. 19. 
 
 6, 7. 
 
 
 13. 
 
 22—25. 
 
 
 iii. 9, 10. 
 
 10. 
 
 
 19, 20. 
 
 
 
 i. 21. 
 
 15, 16. 
 
 
 3, 4. 
 
 17—21. 
 
 
 ii. 8—16. 
 
 17—21. 
 
 
 9—15. 
 
 
 1 
 
 iii. 8—10. 
 
 18. | 
 
 10, 11. J 
 
 
 16, 18. 
 
 29. 
 32. 
 
 
 iv. 6. 
 iii. 12, 13. 
 
 19. 1 
 
 li. 1— 5. J 
 
 
 ii. 12, 13. 
 
 31. 
 
 v. 5— 8. 
 
 
 8. 
 5— 8. 
 
 1. 
 
 
 i. 21. 
 
 15, 16. 
 
 
 iv. 5. 
 
 13—16. 
 
 { 
 
 i. 20. 
 ii. 14. 
 
 18—20. 
 21—23. \ 
 
 { 
 
 iii. 16, 17. 
 18—25. 
 
 iii. 1. 
 
 
 i. 24, 25. 
 
 vi. 1— 9. J 
 
 iv. 1. 
 
 3. 
 
 
 26—29. 
 
 18—20. 
 
 
 2— 4. 
 
 iv. 2, 4. 
 
 
 ii. 12—15. 
 
 21, 22. 
 
 
 7— 9. 
 
 K 4 
 
136 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 COINCIDENCES BETWEEN THE GOSPEL AND FHiST EPISTLE 
 
 op ST. john. (3Iacknight.) 
 
 EPISTLE. 
 
 GOSPEL. 
 
 EPISTLE. 
 
 GOSPE 
 
 i. 1 ; iv. 14. 
 
 i. 1, 14. 
 
 iii. 1. 
 
 i. 12. 
 
 ii. 5. 
 
 xiv. 23. 
 
 2. 
 
 xvii. 24. 
 
 ii. 6. I 
 
 
 8. 
 
 viii. 44. 
 
 iii. 24. J- 
 
 ....XT. 4. 
 
 13. 
 
 xv. 20. 
 
 iv. 13, 16. J 
 
 
 iv. 9. 
 
 iii 16. 
 
 ii. 8. 
 
 xiii. 34. 
 
 12. 
 
 i. 18. 
 
 iii. 11. 
 
 xiii. 34. 
 
 v. 13. 
 
 xx. 31. 
 
 ii. 8. 
 
 i. 5, 9. 
 
 14. 
 
 xiv. 14. 
 
 10. 
 
 xi. 10. 
 
 20. 
 
 xvii. 2. 
 
 ii. 13, 14. 
 
 xvii. 3. 
 
 
 
 ii. 29. ") 
 
 
 
 
 iii. 9. [ 
 
 iii. 3, 5. 
 
 
 
 v. 1. J 
 
 
 
 
 Note. — These coincidences prove beyond a doubt, that the Gospel 
 and the Epistle are the production of one writer — St. John. 
 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 137 
 
 THE PROPHECIES OF DANIEL AND JOHN THE 
 DIVINE HARMONIZED AND EXPLAINED. 
 
 B.C. 
 
 2325. Foundation of the Babylonian Empire, "j Firgt 
 Dan. vii. 4. V beagt> 
 
 830. It is brought down to the ground. J 
 784. Foundation of the Persian Empire. Dan. vii. 5. ; 
 viii. 3, 20. Second beast. 
 Commencement of the 2300 days. Dan. viii. 14. 
 
 763. Foundation of the Macedonian Empire. Dan. vii. 6. 
 Third beast. 
 
 753. 
 
 657. 
 
 606. 
 
 563. 
 556. 
 
 538. 
 
 536. 
 
 Foundation of the Eoman Empire. Dan. vii. 7. 
 Fourth beast. 
 
 First head of the Roman beast. Rev. xiii. 1. ; 
 xvii. 3. 9, 10. 
 
 Era of the metallic image. Dan. ii. 31, 32. 38. 
 Commencement of the seven prophetic times. 
 
 Dan. iv. 32. 
 Birth of Nebuchadnezzar — the golden head. 
 Opening of the first seal. Rev. vi. 1, 2. 
 
 Commencement of the Babylonish captivity of 
 70 years. 
 
 The heart of a man given to the Babylonish lion. 
 
 The Persian ram begins to push. Dan. viii. 4. 
 Cyrus's conquests. 
 
 Junction of the Persian Empire, or silver breast 
 and arms. Dan. ii. 32. 39. 
 
 Opening of the second Apocalyptic seal. Rev. vi. 
 3, 4. 
 
 End of the Babylonian captivity: side becomes 
 higher. Dan. vii. 5. Horn becomes higher. 
 Dan. viii. 3. 
 
138 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 B. C. 
 
 508. 
 
 497. 
 458. 
 
 451. 
 444. 
 334. 
 331. 
 
 59. 
 30. 
 
 27. 
 
 A. D. 
 
 33. 
 
 70. 
 311. 
 313. 
 324. 
 
 Dormancy of imperial kingship, or first head of 
 Roman beast, begins. Rise of the Consulate, or 
 second head. Rev. xvii. 10. 
 
 Dictatorship, or third head. Rev. xvii. 10. 
 
 Commencement of Daniel's seventy weeks. Dan. 
 ix. 24. 
 
 Decemvirate, or fourth head. 
 
 Military tribunes, or fifth head. 
 
 Macedonian goat comes from the west. Dan. viii. 5. 
 
 Junction of Grecian Empire, or brazen belly and 
 thighs — Opening of the third seal. Rev. vi. 
 5, 6. 
 
 Triumvirate, or sixth head. 
 
 Junction of Roman Empire, or iron legs and iron 
 clay feet — Opening of the fourth seal. Rev. vi. 
 7,8. 
 
 Expergefaction of Roman imperial kingship, or 
 first head ; fall of the second, third, and sixth 
 heads. Rev. xvii. 10. 
 
 End of Daniel's seventy weeks. Dan. ix. 24. 
 Death of Christ. 
 
 Daniel's 1290 days begin. Dan. xi. 32, 33. 
 Persecution of Christians begin. 
 
 Opening of fifth seal. Rev. vi. 8 — 11. It indi- 
 cates a short and imperfect rest from persecution. 
 
 Opening of the sixth seal. Dan. xi. 34. Help 
 from Constantine begins. 
 
 The subversion of Paganism. Sealing of the 
 
 144,000 mystic Israelites. 
 Measuring the temple. Taking an exact account 
 
 of the faithful worshippers. Constantine's 
 
 separation of Christians. 
 
 Commencement of the figurative gestation. Rev. 
 xii. 2. Opening seventh seal. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 139 
 
 A. D. 
 
 325. First germination of little western horn, or spi- 
 ritual kingdom of the Papacy begins. Dan. vii. 8. 
 
 361. End of the short silence. Rev. viii. 1. Accession 
 of Julian — Seven angels prepare to sound. 
 
 395. First trumpet. Invasion of Goths, Germans, Yan- 
 dals, and Huns, by Alaric, Rhadagaut, Genseric, 
 and Attila. 
 
 406. Rise of first, or Vandalic horn. Dan. vii. 7. ; 
 
 Rev. xii. 2. ; xvii. 3. 12. Junction of iron and 
 clay toes. 
 
 407. Rise of second, or Suevic horn ; third, or Alaric ; 
 
 fourth, or Burgundian ; fifth, or Francic. 
 
 408. Sixth, or Visigothic horn. 
 
 439. Second trumpet. Invasion of Genseric. 
 
 449. Seventh, or Anglo-Saxon horn. 
 
 462. Third trumpet. The star cast down. Odoacer. 
 Wormwood. 
 
 476. Eighth, or Herulic horn. Wars and desolations. 
 Extinction of Roman Western Empire. 
 
 493. Ninth, or Ostrogothic eradication of eighth, or 
 Herulic. 
 
 553. Eradication of ninth, or Ostrogothic, before the 
 Papal horn. 
 
 568. Tenth, or Lombardic horn, eradicated 774. 
 
 603. Tenth trumpet. Commencement of eclipse of the 
 
 Western Empire, by Chosroes and the Persians. 
 
 604. Expiration of the First Period of Three and 
 
 a Half Times, or 1260 Years. 
 
 604. The Latter Period begins. 
 
 Fifth, or first woe trumpet. The star ecclesiastical 
 of Rome completes its fall. Rev. ix. 1. 
 
 Mensuration of the temple and altar, &c. Rev. xi. 1. 
 
140 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 g04 # Two witnesses (two faithful churches) begin to 
 prophesy in sackcloth. Rev. xi. 3. 
 
 The woman's (the faithful church of Christ) flight 
 into the wilderness. Rev. xii. 
 
 Fall of the stars (bishops or pastors) through the 
 agency of superstitions fostered by the dragon. 
 Rev. xii. 
 
 The ten-horned beast becomes the tool of perse- 
 cution 42 months, the unfaithful worshippers 
 or secular powers of the Roman Empire. 
 Rev. xiii. 
 
 Rise of the second apocalyptic beast, or Papal 
 Empire. Rev. xiii. 2. 
 
 Ten horns, or Roman kings, give their power to 
 the beast. Rev. xvii. 
 
 Saints thereby delivered into the hand of the little 
 Roman horn. Dan. vii. 25. 
 
 Completion of the demonolatrous apostacy, by the 
 revelation of the Man of Sin, the Roman Empire 
 being removed. Dan. viii. ; 2 Thess. ii. 
 
 Termination of the period. Dan. xi. 35. 
 
 Door of Abyss opened. Rev. ix. 2. 
 
 608 Smoke from the Abyss, the Mahommedan impos- 
 ° r q ture, or the little horn of the Grecian he-goat 
 
 stands up. Dan. viii. 9. 23. 
 
 612. The Mahommedan locusts issue forth for five 
 months. 
 
 628. End of eclipse of Eastern Empire. Defeat of 
 Persians. Battle of Nineveh. 
 
 762. End of five months of the locusts. Passing away 
 of the first woe. Bagdad founded. The Sara- 
 cens become a settled people. 
 
 800. Restoration of Roman Emperorship in the West. 
 
 A. D. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 141 
 
 A. D. 
 
 1301. Sixth trumpet. Second woe. 
 
 Liberation of the four Turcomanic angels. 
 
 Day, month, and year, or 396J years of Euphra- 
 tian horsemen begin. 
 
 1360. Expiration of Daniel's 1290 years. Dan. xii. 11. 
 Wickliffe begins to preach. 
 
 1453. Roman Emperorship extinguished in the East. 
 1517. Termination of Daniel's 2300 days. 
 
 Sanctuary begins to be cleansed. Dan. viii. 13, 14. ; 
 Rev. xi. 2. 
 
 Flesh of the harlot begins to be eaten, or the 
 Papacy begins to be consumed by the secular 
 power. Rev. xvii. 16. 
 
 Commencement of the Reformation. 
 
 1686. The two witnesses (Waldenses and Albigenses) 
 slain. 
 
 1688. Great earthquake. Tenth part of the city falls. 
 Revolution in England. 
 
 1689. Witnesses (the Waldenses) revive, but their testi- 
 mony finished. 
 
 1697. Second woe passes away. Battle of Zeuta. Turks 
 defeated. The 396^ years expire. 
 
 The dragon begins to cast out a flood. Rev. xii. 9. 
 
 Termination of Period. Dan. xi. 35. Commence- 
 ment of (Dan. xi. 36 — 39.) infidelity. 
 
 1789. Seventh trumpet. Third woe commences. French 
 Revolution. 
 
 The figurative judgment of the Roman Empire 
 begins. Rev. xi. 15.; Dan. vii. 9. 
 
 The Stone begins to smite the image. 
 
 The flood rising to its height. 
 
142 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 The spirit of the great Antichrist, which denies 
 the Father and the Son, is diffused, and consti- 
 tutes the third woe. 
 
 The Papal harlot made desolate and naked. Rev. 
 xvii. 16. 
 
 A.D. 
 
 1792. First vial poured out, Aug. 26. Sore of avowed 
 infidelity. 
 
 Second vial poured out, Sept. 2. Reign of Terror. 
 
 Third vial poured out, Nov. 19. War with 
 nations. 
 
 1804. Fourth vial poured out. Imperial military despo- 
 tism. 
 
 Rise of the Francic Emperorship, or short-lived 
 and slain head (seventh) of Roman beast. 
 
 1806. Fall of Roman imperial kingship, or long-lived 
 first head. 
 
 1808. Fifth vial poured on the throne of the beast. The 
 decline and fall of the Francic Emperorship. 
 
 The termination of the Period. Dan. xi. 36 — 39. 
 
 1815. Political slaughter of Francic Emperorship, or 
 seventh head ; consequent political death of 
 the Roman beast. Rev. xvii. 8. 
 
 Sixth vial. The downfall of the Ottoman Empire, 
 probably began with the Greek insurrection in 
 1821. The Kings of the East, perhaps the 
 Jews. 
 
 1850. Seventh vial poured out. Rev. xvi. 17.; probably 
 the cholera. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 143 
 
 A. D. 
 
 1851. Revival of the Francic Emperorship will be prior 
 to the final fail of the Ottoman Empire. Rev. 
 xvii. 8. (!!!) 
 
 Going forth of the three unclean spirits. The 
 Kings of the Earth wrought up to fury by the 
 political -theological agents of the dragon, the 
 beast, and the false prophet. The gathering 
 together an unseemly mixture of blaspheming 
 infidels and bigoted Romanists. 
 
 1853. The great earthquake. Rev. xvi. 18.; political- 
 theological war begins ; will end with the battle 
 of Armageddon. 
 
 1854. Manifestation of Antichrist. 
 
 1864. Expiration of the Seven Prophetic Times, or 
 2520 Years, and of the Times of the Four 
 Great Gentile Empires. 
 
 Seventh vial drained. 
 
 Great Babylon comes in remembrance before God. 
 Rev. xvi. 19. ; xviii. 45. 
 
 Commencement of Daniel's time of end, xi. 40 — 45.; 
 and of the restoration of his people the Jews, 
 Dan. xii. 1. ; Luke xxi. 24. 
 
 Marriage of the Lamb, or conversion of Judah. 
 Rev. xix. 6.; Isa. lx.; lxvi. 5 — 24.; Dan. xii. 1.; 
 Joel, iii. 16. ; Zech. xii. 14. ; Rom. xi. 
 
 1865. Expiration of Daniel's time of end. The end of 
 the third woe. Burning the harlot. Battle of 
 Armageddon. Figurative coming of the Son of 
 Man. Destruction of Antichrist in Palestine. 
 Dissipation of the great image. Mahommedan 
 horn broken. The stone fills the whole earth. 
 Figurative resurrection. Binding the dragon. 
 
144 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 The 1335 days begin. Dan. xii. 12. St. John's 
 1000 years of blessedness (Rev. xx. 2, 3.) be- 
 gins ; not a literal reign of Christ, but an effu- 
 sion of the Holy Ghost. 
 
 2865. Second figurative resurrection of the wicked. 
 Termination of the 1000 years. 
 
 3200. The termination of the 1335 years. Destruction 
 of G-og and Magog. Ezek. xxxviii. 
 
 The Consummation of All Things. 
 
 Of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not 
 the angels in heaven, but my Father only. 
 Matt. xxiv. 36. 
 
 Faber and others. 
 
 Note. — The above admirable scheme is considered by 
 Townsend one of more than ordinary merit — solving more 
 difficulties, answering more objections, and throwing a brighter 
 lustre on some of the more involved passages of the Apoca- 
 lypse than that of any other. 
 
 It will not be out of place, it is hoped, to quote Bickerststh's 
 beautiful words here, as in ever}' way applicable to the above. 
 He says: — " Time is rapidly rolling on, the prophetical word 
 is rapidly accomplishing ; we know of but little that we can 
 assuredly say will intervene between us and our beloved 
 Lord ; four thousand years passed before our Lord's first 
 coming, nearly two thousand have since passed ; the shaking 
 of the nations, and the uprooting of ancient things, bid the 
 Christian to lift up his head in hope, that the night is far 
 spent, and the coming of the Lord draweth nigh." 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 145 
 
 SYMBOLICAL LANGUAGE OF PROPHECY. 
 
 (Collected mostly from Daubuz, Faber, Home, Hutckeson, 
 and Wemyss.) 
 
 THE NATURAL WORLD TEMPORALLY CONSIDERED. 
 
 The natural world 
 The sun, the moon, the 
 
 stars 
 The earth 
 
 Mountains, islands 
 Trees, grass 
 
 "Waters „ 
 
 Seas, rivers, and fountains, — 
 
 floods „ 
 
 Blackening of the sun, the "] 
 turning of the moon I 
 into blood, the falling J " 
 of the stars &c. J 
 
 Eclipses of the heavenly bodies „ 
 Shooting of a star „ 
 
 Scorching of men with the sun „ 
 An earthquake „ 
 
 Kemoval of highlands and ~\ 
 
 mountains J " 
 
 The sea turned into blood „ 
 Turning rivers and fountains ") 
 
 into blood J " 
 
 Tinging with wormwood „ 
 
 Drying up a river „ 
 
 denotes A secular empire. 
 
 Degrees of authority in a family 
 „ or a state. 
 
 „ The territorial domain of the 
 
 empire. 
 „ Kingdoms — smaller kingdoms. 
 „ Men of eminence — men of humble 
 
 condition. 
 „ The body of the people. 
 — Nations, communities, — bodies of 
 
 men in motion. 
 
 Great political revolutions. 
 
 Partial calamities. 
 
 Downfall of a sovereign prince. 
 
 A grievous tyranny. 
 
 A revolution. 
 
 Subversion of kingdoms. 
 
 Sanguinary revolutions. 
 
 Great wars. 
 
 Making bitter with some natural 
 
 or moral evil. 
 Subversion of a kingdom. 
 
 THE NATURAL WORLD ECCLESIASTICALLY CONSIDERED. 
 
 The natural world denotes The complete body politic of the 
 
 church. 
 The sun „ Christ the supreme Euler. 
 
 The moon „ Ordinances of Christ in his church. 
 
 The stars „ Pastors. 
 
 The earth „ The platform or territory of the 
 
 church. 
 
146 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 denotes 
 
 The passing away of heaven 
 and earth — introduction of 
 a new heaven and a new 
 earth 
 
 Bringing down fire from"! 
 heaven J 
 
 Signs among the celestial 1 
 bodies J 
 
 An earthquake 
 
 The fall of a star from heaven 
 
 The descent of soft dew and 
 rain from heaven 
 
 A cessation of a church, or a 
 transition of the same church 
 from one state to a better. 
 
 Ecclesiastical censures. 
 
 Ecclesiastical changes. 
 
 Ecclesiastical convulsions. 
 
 The apostacy of an eminent 
 
 pastor. 
 The sanctifying grace of the Holy 
 
 Spirit, 
 
 A WILD BEAST TEMPORALLY CONSIDERED. 
 
 A wild beast 
 
 The head or heads 
 
 His horns and wings — Tusks 
 
 Teeth and claws— Tail 
 
 Plucking of the wings 
 
 The rise or breaking of a horn 
 
 The falling of a head, and its 
 
 healing 
 The life of a beast — the death 
 
 of a beast 
 
 denotes A great persecuting empire. 
 „ Forms of government. 
 
 Kingdoms — Dynasties. 
 
 The soldiery — Antichristian su- 
 perstition. 
 
 Diminution of strength. 
 
 The rise or dissolution of a state. 
 
 Abolition of a form of govern- 
 ment, and its restoration. 
 
 Political existence — Political dis- 
 solution. 
 
 A WILD BEAST ECCLESIASTICALLY CONSIDERED. 
 
 A wild beast 
 
 A horn of such a beast 
 Two-horned beast 
 
 The head 
 The body 
 
 denotes A persecuting church having tem- 
 poral authority. 
 
 „ Temporal or spiritual power. 
 
 „ A church having temporal or 
 spiritual power. 
 
 „ The governing polity. 
 
 „ The constituents of such an em- 
 pire. 
 
 The great city Babylon 
 
 The streets 
 Ten streets 
 
 A CITY, ETC. 
 
 denotes The Roman empire, secular and 
 
 ecclesiastical. 
 „ Kingdoms. 
 „ The ten kingdoms of the modern 
 
 Roman Empire. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 147 
 
 The throne 
 
 denotes The tyrannical domination of the 
 reigning head. 
 
 The merchants and ship- "1 
 masters J " 
 
 The articles of trade such as 
 gold, silver, &c. 
 
 The holy city denotes „ 
 
 The temple with its inner"! 
 courts J " 
 
 The daily sacrifice „ 
 
 The outer court „ 
 
 Treading it under foot „ 
 
 Profaning the sanctuary, and 
 abolition of the daily sacri- 
 fice 
 
 An olive tree, or a candle- "1 
 stick J" 
 
 Oil, lamps „ 
 
 Incense „ 
 
 The ark of the Testament „ 
 
 The great men of the earth. 
 
 Spiritual traffic in relics, masses, 
 
 absolutions, &c. 
 The church of Christ. 
 
 The spiritual church. 
 
 The prayers and praises of God's 
 people. 
 
 Christians in name, but gentiles 
 in practice. 
 
 Introducing pagan heresies and 
 apostasies. 
 
 Setting up the apostacy of deso- 
 lation, or of pagan abomina- 
 tions. 
 
 A church. 
 
 The graces of the Holy Spirit. 
 The merits of Christ giving effi- 
 cacy to prayer. 
 The Holy Scriptures. 
 
 A woman 
 
 A chaste woman 
 
 A harlot or adultress 
 
 The flesh of such a harlot 
 
 Her intoxicating cup 
 
 Her riding a wild beast 
 
 A woman drunken with the"! 
 , blood of the saints J " 
 
 A WOMAN. 
 
 denotes A community or body po itic. 
 „ The true church, or Lamb's wife. 
 „ An apostate or idolatrous church. 
 „ Her temporal possessions. 
 „ Her seducing arts. 
 „ Her influence over the temporal 
 empire. 
 
 A persecuting church. 
 
 A vine 
 
 A VINE AND CORN. 
 
 denotes The church. 
 
 A vine bearing good fruit , 
 A vine bearing sour grapes , 
 The treading of the wine- 
 press 
 A vineyard enclosed 
 
 A vineyard with broken en- "1 
 closures J 
 
 A faithful church. 
 A corrupt church. 
 The effusion of God's wrath 
 
 upon apostates, &c. 
 A church hedged in from the 
 
 world. 
 
 A degenerate church. 
 
 L 2 
 
148 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 A wilderness 
 
 denotes Spiritual barrenness, or a state of 
 affliction. 
 
 The wilderness and solitary \ 
 place made glad J 
 
 Corn 
 
 A field of corn 
 A harvest 
 
 The harvest of the earth being 
 
 ripe 
 A sickle 
 
 Conversion and prosperity. 
 
 The seed of the Gospel kingdom. 
 
 The church. 
 
 Mercy or wrath, according to 
 
 circumstances. 
 The time of judgment, or mercy 
 
 being come. 
 Judgments. 
 
 VARIOUS SYMBOLS. 
 
 Thunder and lightnings 
 
 Locusts and caterpillars 
 
 Tempestuous winds 
 
 White and clean robes 
 
 Sack-cloth 
 
 Nakedness 
 
 A yoke — a famine 
 
 A day 
 
 A year 
 
 A week — a month 
 
 Angels 
 
 The two witnesses 
 
 Dragon 
 
 Red dragon having seven 
 
 heads and ten horns 
 A time — Times 
 Time, times, and half a time 
 Rainbow 
 Parturition 
 
 Life 
 Sore 
 Sickness 
 
 Death 
 
 Slaying 
 Revival 
 
 denote Wars and hostile invasions. 
 „ Destroying armies. 
 „ "Wars and invasions. 
 „ Righteousness and prosperity. 
 „ Humiliation and persecution. 
 „ Dishonour. 
 
 „ Spiritual bondage — spiritual ste- 
 rility. 
 „ A year. 
 „ 360 years. 
 
 „ Seven years — thirty years. 
 „ Divine agents, celestial or ter- 
 restrial. 
 „ The true church. 
 „ The devil. 
 
 The devil, influencing the coun- 
 sels of the empire. 
 360 years — the double of a time. 
 1260 years. 
 
 God's faithfulness and mercy. 
 The birth of a community, civil 
 
 or ecclesiastical. 
 Moral or political existence. 
 Calamity, natural or moral. 
 A low state of moral or political 
 
 health. 
 Extinction of moral or political 
 
 existence. 
 The infliction of moral or poli- 
 tical death. 
 The recovery of moral or political 
 life, once lost. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 149 
 
 Resurrection 
 
 The lying unburied for 
 
 short time 
 Ascension to heaven 
 To measure the temple 
 
 God 
 To seal or set a mark 
 
 To devour flesh 
 To eat 
 
 To seal up a prophecy- 
 Third part — Fourth part 
 
 *j: 
 
 denotes The resuscitation of a body, moral 
 or politic. 
 Its being dead or subdued for a 
 „ short time. 
 
 Power and authority. 
 
 To take it under protection. 
 
 Separation to his service who 
 seals. 
 
 Plundering of substance, 
 
 To meditate. 
 
 Allowing it to remain unintel- 
 ligible till accomplisned. 
 
 Limitation, in opposition to uni- 
 versal 
 
 L 3 
 
150 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 PROPHECIES RELATING TO CHRIST, AND THEIR 
 FULFILMENT, ARRANGED ACCORDING TO HALES. 
 
 "The more we contemplate these astonishing facts — the more 
 deeply we investigate the wonderful display of Divine power, wisdom, 
 and goodness, the more shall we he disposed to exclaim, ' Truly this 
 was the Son of God.' " — T. H. Home. 
 
 FIRST SERIES. 
 
 1. The Seed of the woman Gen. iii. 15. ; Gal. iv. 4. ; 
 
 1 Tim. ii. 15. ; Rev. xii. 5. 
 
 2. Born of a Virgin. — Ps. xxii. 10. ; lxix. 8. ; Ixxxvi. 16. ; 
 
 cxvi. 16.; Isa. vii. 14.; xlix. 1. ; Mic. v. 3.; Jer. 
 xxxi. 22. ; Matt. i. 23. ; Luke, i. 26—35. 
 
 3. Of the Family of Shem. — Gen. ix. 26. 
 
 4. Of the Race of the Hebrews — Ex. iii. 18.; Phil. iii. 
 
 5. ; 2 Cor. xi. 22. 
 
 5. Of the Seed of Abraham. — Gen. xii. 3. ; xviii. 18. ; 
 
 Matt. i. 1. ; Jo. viii. 56. ; Acts, iii. 25. 
 
 6. Of the Line of Isaac. — Gen. xvii. 19. ; xxi. 12. ; 
 
 xxvi. 4. ; Rom. ix. 7. ; Gal. iv. 23 — 28. ; Heb. xi. 
 
 18. 
 
 7. Of Jacob, or Israel. — Gen. xxviii. 4, 14. ; Exod. iv. 
 
 22.; Numb, xxi v. 7, 17.; Ps. cxxxv. 4, &c. ; 
 Isa. xii. 8. ; xlix. 6. ; Jer. xiv. 8. ; Luke, i. 68. ; ii. 
 30. ; Acts, xxviii. 20. 
 
 8. Of the Tribe of Judah.— Gen. xlix. 10.; 1 Chron. v. 
 
 2. ; Mic. v. 2. ; Matt. ii. 6. ; Heb. vii. 14. ; Rev. v. 5. 
 
 9. Of the House of David. — 2 Sam. vii. 12—15.; 
 
 1 Chron. xvii. 11 — 14. ; Ps. lxxxix. 4 — 36.; cxxxii. 
 10—17. ; 2 Chron. vi. 42. ; Isa. ix. 7. ; xi. 1.; Iv. 
 3, 4. ; Jer. xxiii. 5, 6. ; Amo. ix. 11. ; Matt. i. 1. ; 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 151 
 
 Luke, i. 69. ; ii. 4. ; John, vii. 42. ; Acts, ii. 30. ; xiii. 
 23.; Rom. i. 3. ; 2 Tim. ii. 8.; Rev. xxii. 16. 
 
 10. Born at Bethlehem, the city of David. — Mic. v. 2. ; 
 
 Matt. ii. 6. ; Luke, ii. 4. ; John, vii. 42. 
 
 11. His Passion or Sufferings. — Gen. iii. 15. ; Ps. xxii. 
 
 1 — 18. ; xxxi. 13. ; lxxxix. 38 — 45. ; Isa. liii. 1 — 
 12. ; Dan. ix. 26. ; Zee. xiii. 6, 7. ; Matt. xxvi. 31. ; 
 Luke, xxiv. 26. ; John, i. 29. ; Acts, viii. 32 — 35. ; 
 xxvi. 23. 
 
 12. His Death on the Cross. — Numb. xxi. 9. ; Ps. xvi. 
 
 10. ; xxii. 16. ; xxxi. 22. ; xlix. 15. ; Isa. liii. 8, 9. ; 
 Dan. ix. 26. ; John, iii. 14. ; viii. 28. ; xii. 32, 33. ; 
 Matt. xx. 19. ; xxvi. 2. ; 1 Cor. xv. 3. ; Col. ii. 15. ; 
 Phil. ii. 8. 
 
 13. His entombment and embalmment. — Isa. liii 9.; Matt. 
 
 xxvi. 12. ; Mark, xiv. 8. ; John, xii. 7. ; xix. 40. ; 
 1 Cor. xv. 4. 
 
 14. His Resurrection on the third day. — Ps. xvi. 10. ; xvii. 
 
 15. ; xlix, 15. ; lxxiii. 24. ; Jonah, i. 17. ; Matt. xii. 
 40.; xvi. 4.; xxvii. 63.; John, ii. 19.; Acts, ii. 
 27—31. ; xiii. 35. ; 1 Cor. xv. 4. 
 
 15. His Ascension into Heaven. — Ps. viii. 5, 6.; xlviL 
 
 5.; lxviii. 18.; ex. 1.; Acts, i. 11.; ii. 33.; John, 
 xx. 17. ; Ep. iv. 8—10. ; Heb. i. 3. ; ii. 9. ; Rev, 
 xii. 5. 
 
 16. His appearance at the regeneration. — Isa. xl. 10.; 
 
 lxii. 11. ; Jer. xxiii. 5, 6. ; Hos. iii. 5. ; Mic. v. 3. ; 
 Hag. ii. 7. ; Dan. vii. 13, 14. ; Matt. xxiv. 29, 30. ; 
 xxvi. 64. ; John, v. 25.', Heb. ix. 28. ; Rev. xx. 4. ; 
 xxii. 20. 
 
 17. His appearance at the end of the world. — Ps. 1. 1 — 
 
 6. ; Job, xix. 25—29. ; Eccl. xii. 14. ; Dan. xii. 2, 
 3. ; Matt. xxv. 31—46. ; John, v. 28—30. ; Acts, 
 xvii. 31. ; xxiv. 25. ; Rev. xx. 11 — 15. 
 
 l 4 
 
152 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 SECOND SERIES. 
 
 1. The Son of God. — 2 Sam. vii. 14.; 1 Chron. xvii. 
 
 13. ; Ps. ii. 7. ; lxxii. 1. ; Prov. xxx. 4. ; Dan. iii. 
 25. ; Mark, i. 1. ; Luke, i. 35. ; Matt. iii. 17. ; xvii. 
 5. ; John, i. 34—50. ; iii. 16—18. ; xx. 31. ; Heb. i. 
 1 — 5. ; Rom. i. 4. ; 1 John, iv. 14. ; Rev. i. 5, 6. 
 
 2. The Son of man. — Ps. viii. 4, 5.; Dan. vii. 13.; 
 
 John, i. 51. ; iii. 13. ; v. 27. ; Matt. xvi. 13. ; xxvi. 
 64.; Heb. ii. 7.; Rev. i. 13.; xiv. 14. 
 
 3. The Holy One, or Saint. — Deut. xxxiii. 8. ; Ps. xvi. 
 
 10.; lxxxix. 19. ; Isa. x. 17. ; xxix. 23. ; xlix. 7. ; 
 Hos. xi. 9. ; Hab. i. 12. ; iii. 3.; Mark, i. 24. ; Luke, 
 i. 35. ; iv. 34. ; 1 John, ii. 20. 
 
 4. The Saint of saints. — Dan, ix. 24. 
 
 5. The Just One, or Righteous. — Zech. ix. 9. ; Jer. 
 
 xxiii. 5. ; Isa. xli. 2.; Ps. xxxiv. 19, 21.; Luke, i. 
 17. ; Matt, xxvii. 19 — 24. ; Luke, xxiii. 47. ; Acts, 
 iii. 14. ; vii. 52. ; xxii. 14.; 1 John, ii. 1, 29.; 
 James, v. 6. 
 
 6. The Wisdom of God.— Prov. viii. 22—30. ; Matt. xi. 
 
 19. ; Luke, xi. 49. ; 1 Cor. i. 24. 
 
 7. The Oracle (or Word) of the Lord, or of God. — 
 
 Gen. xv. 1—4. ; 1 Sam. iii. 1 — 21. ; 2 Sam. vii. 4.; 
 1 Kings, xvii. 8, 24. ; Ps. xxxiii. 6. ; Isa. xl. 8. ; 
 Mic. iv. 2. ; Jer. xxv. 3. ; John, i. 1 — 44. ; iii. 34. ; 
 Luke,i. 2. ; Heb. xi. 3. ; iv. 12. ; 1 Pet. i. 23. ; 2 Pet. 
 iii. 5. ; Rev. xix. 13. 
 
 8. The Redeemer, or Saviour. — Job, xix. 25 — 27. ; 
 
 Gen. xlviii. 16. ; Ps. xix. 14. ; Isa. xli. 14. ; xliv. 
 6.; xlvii. 4.; lix. 20. ; lxii. 11.; Ixiii. 1.; Jer. i. 
 34 ; Matt. i. 21. ; John, i. 29. ; iv. 42. ; Luke, ii. 
 11. ; Acts, v. 31. ; Rom. xi. 26. ; Rev. v. 9. 
 
 9. The Lamb of God. — Gen. xxii. 8. ; Isa. liii. 7. ; John, 
 
 i. 29. ; Acts, viii. 32—35. ; 1 Pet. i. 19. ; Rev. v. 
 6. ; xiii. 8. ; xv. 3. ; xxi. 22. ; xxii. 1. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 153 
 
 10. The Mediator, Intercessor, or Advocate.— Job, xxxiii. 
 
 23. ; Isa. liii. 12. ; lix. 16. ; Luke, xxiii. 34. ; 1 Tim. 
 ii. 5. ; Heb. ix. 15. ; 1 John, ii. 1. ; Rev. v. 9. 
 
 11. Shiloh (and He who is to be sent). — Gen. xlix. ]0. ; 
 
 Exod. iv. 13. ; Matt. xv. 24. ; Luke, iv. 18. ; John, 
 ix. 7. ; xvii, 3. ; xx. 21. ; Heb. iii. 1. 
 
 12. High Priest — Ps. ex. 4. ; Isa. lix. 16. ; Heb. iii. 1. ; 
 
 iv. 14.; v. 10.; ix. 11. 
 
 13. The Prophet like Moses. — Deut. xviii. 15—19. ; Luke, 
 
 xxiv. 19. ; Mark, vi. 15. ; John, i. 17—21.; vi. 14. ; 
 Acts, iii. 22, 23. 
 
 14. The Leader, or Chief Captain. — Josh. v. 14.; 1 Chron. 
 
 v. 2. ; Isa. Iv. 4. ; Mic. v. 2. ; Dan. ix. 25. ; Matt. ii. 
 6. ; Heb. ii. 10. 
 
 15. The Messiah, Christ, King of Israel. — 1 Sam. ii. 10. ; 
 
 2 Sam. vii. 12.; 1 Chron. xvii. 11.; Ps. ii. 2.; xlv. 
 1, 6.; lxxii. 1.; lxxxix. 38.: Isa. lxi. 1. ; Dan. ix. 
 26. ; Matt. ii. 2—4. ; xvi. 16. ; Luke, xxiii. 2. ; 
 John, i. 41—49. ; vi. 69. ; Acts, iv. 26, 27. ; x. 38. 
 
 16. The God of Israel. — Exod. xxiv. 10, 11. ; John, xvii. 
 
 19.; Judg. xi. 23.; 1 Sam. v. 11.; 1 Chron. xvii. 
 24. ; Ps. xli. 13. ; Isa. xlv. 3. ; Ezek. viii. 4. ; Matt. 
 xv. 31. ; xxiii. 37. ; John, xx. 28. 
 
 17. The Lord of Hosts, or the Lord. — 2 Sam. vii. 26. ; 
 
 1 Chron. xvii. 24. ; Ps. xxiv. 10. ; Isa. vi. 1 — 5. ; 
 Matt. i. 14.; Rom. xii. 19.; Phil. ii. 9—11. 
 
 18. King of kings, and Lord of lords Ps. lxxxix. 27. ; 
 
 ex. 1. ; Dan. vii. 13, 14.; Matt, xxviii. 18.; John, 
 iii. 35. ; xiii. 3. ; 1 Cor. xv. 25. ; Ep. i. 20—22. ; 
 Col. iii. 1. ; Rev. xix. 16. 
 
154 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 PROPHECIES FULFILLED. 
 
 RELATING TO THE JEWS JUDEA EDOM NINEVEH 
 
 BABYLON TYRE EGYPT. 
 
 The Jews.— Levit. xxvi. 33, 36—39, 44. Deut. iv. 27.; 
 xxviii. 25, 28, 29, 32—34, 37, 45—48, 58, 59, 63— 
 67. Jer. xv. 4. ; xvi. 13.; ix. 16.; xxiv. 9, 10.; xv. 
 7. ; xxix. 18. Ezek. v. 10. ; xii. 15. ; vii. 19. Isa. 
 lvii. 17. Amos, ix. 9. Jer. viii. 3. Hos. ix. 17. 
 Isa. vi. 10 — 12. Amos, ix. 4. Jer. xlvi. 28. Hos. 
 iii. 4, 5. Isa. lvii. 14 — 17. Ezek. vii. 19. Isa. Ix. 
 9.; lxi. 6. To be fulfilled. — Deut. xxx. 3 — 5. Isa. 
 xi. 11, 12. ; lx. 9, 10., &c. ; lxi. 4. Jer, xxx. 38, &c. 
 Ezek. xxxvi. 37. Zech. ix. 12, &c. Amos, ix. 13 — 
 
 15. Mich. ii. 12. 
 
 Judea. — Levit. xxvi. 31 — 35, 43. Isa. i. 7.; xxiv. 1 — 
 13. ; xxxii. 9—15. ; xxvii. 10, 11. Jer. iv. 20, 26— 
 31. Jer. xii. 7 — 13. Ezek. xii. 19, 20. Isa. xxxii. 
 13. Levit. xxvi. 22. Isa. xxxiii. 8. Jer. xii. 7 — 13. 
 Ezek. xii. 19, 20. Isa. xxiv. 7 — 11. ; xxiv. 6—13. ; 
 xvii. 4 — 6. ; (Samaria, Mich. i. 6.) 
 
 Edom. — Numb. xx. 17. Isa. xxxiv. 5, 10—17. Jer. 
 
 xlix. 7—10, 12—18. Ezek. xxv. 13.; xxxv. 1, &c. 
 
 Joel, iii. 19. Obad. 1, 2, 8, 9, 17, 18. Mai. i. 3, 4. 
 Obad. 10. Job, ix. 4. 
 
 Nineveh. — 2 Kings, xvii. 5, 6.; xviii. 10 — 13, 34. 
 Ezra, iv. 2. Nah. i. 8, 10. ; ii. 6, 8, 9. ; iii. 13—15, 
 
 16, 17. Zeph. ii. 13—15. 
 
 Babylon. — Isa. xxi. 2. ; xlv. 1. ; xliv. 27. Jer. 1. 38.; 
 Ii. 11, 27, 30, 36, 57. Isa. xlvii. 1. Jer. Ii. 44, 47, 50. 
 Jer. Ii. 8, 9. Isa. xiii. 19, &c. ; xiv. 22, &c. Jer. 1. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 155 
 
 13, 23, 39, &c; li. 13, 26, &c. Isa. xiv. 23. Jer. li. 
 25, 58. 
 
 Tyre. — Ezek. xxvi., xxvii., xxviii. Ezek. xxvi. 5. 
 
 Egypt. — Ezek. xxix. 14, 15.; xxx. 7, 12, 13.; xxxii. 
 15. Jer. xlvi. 13. Ezek. xxx. 10. Isa. xix. 1 — 13. 
 Ezek. xxix. 14, 15. ; xxx. 12, 13. 
 
 Obsekve. — To obtain a full and connected account of the above 
 Prophecies, they should be read in the same order the texts are 
 written. 
 
 BEIEF ACCOUNT OP THE TWELVE APOSTLES. — 
 
 Cave, Sfc. 
 
 Peter. — The latest Scriptural account of this apostle 
 may be found in the Acts, xv., and Gal. ii. 11.— In the 
 former presiding at the first council at Jerusalem — 
 in the latter, a notice of his dissembling at Antioch, 
 in not eating with the Gentiles, after some brethren 
 of Jerusalem had come thither from James. For this 
 dissimulation Peter was publicly rebuked by the apostle 
 Paul : — A knot, this, for the advocates of Romish infal- 
 libility to untie. 
 
 The remaining history of Peter can only be gathered 
 from ecclesiastical historians. Much controversy has 
 arisen, whether he was at Rome or not, but it is gener- 
 ally believed that he was there during the time of Nero's 
 persecution, and that he was crucified there, a. d. 66. 
 Townsend considers that he went there after his deliver- 
 ance from prison, Acts, xii. ; but there is nothing to 
 support the assertion, that he was bishop of Rome. 
 
 Andrew. — It is said, that Andrew had Scythia and 
 the neighbouring provinces as the field of his labours. 
 From whence he proceeded to Constantinople, and after- 
 wards visited Thrace, Macedonia, Epirus, and the ad- 
 
156 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 jacent countries. The proconsul of Achaia is said to 
 have ordered him to be crucified. 
 
 James — the brother of John, was slain by the sword 
 at Jerusalem, by order of Herod Agrippa, as recorded, 
 Acts, xii. The Romish legends of his acts in Spain are 
 unworthy of the least notice. 
 
 John — is thought to have laboured chiefly in 
 Asia Minor, where he planted many churches. Tradi- 
 tion relates, that Mary, the mother of Christ, remained 
 under his care till her death, which took place about 
 fifteen years after the Crucifixion. Many years after- 
 wards, being conveyed to Rome, he was thrown into a 
 caldron of boiling oil, by command of Domitian, but 
 was miraculously preserved from harm. He was after- 
 wards banished to the Isle of Patmos, where he was 
 favoured with the Divine Revelation, recorded in the 
 closing book of the New Testament. Subsequently, he 
 was allowed to return to Ephesus, where he lived till 
 the end of the first century, when he departed in peace. 
 He continued to exhort the disciples as long as his 
 strength permitted, and when age and infirmity pre- 
 vented his usual labours, he was carried to the public 
 assemblies, and uttered these affecting and important 
 words, " Little children, love one another." The pre- 
 face to his Gospel notices his opposition to the heresies 
 which rose in the church of Christ. 
 
 Philip — as supposed to have preached in Upper 
 Asia, and afterwards in Phrygia, where he was hanged 
 or crucified in the city of Hierapolis. 
 
 Bartholomew — is believed to have preached in India, 
 from whence he returned to the more central parts of 
 Asia, and it is said, he was flayed alive, and then cru- 
 cified at Albanople, in Armenia. 
 
 Matthew — has Ethiopia assigned as the scene of 
 his labours, where he suffered martyrdom. 
 
 Thomas — preached among the Medes, and in Persia, 
 and from thence to India, where it appears he was put to 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 157 
 
 death by the Brahmins. A body of native Christians 
 yet exist in that country, supposed to be descendants of 
 those converted by the preaching of this apostle. 
 
 James — called the Less, the brother of our Lord, 
 appears to have continued as the principal pastor of the 
 church at Jerusalem. It is related, that he was thrown 
 by the Jews from one of the buildings of the temple, and 
 his head was crushed with a fuller's club. 
 
 Simon — is said to have preached in Egypt and Lybia, 
 and afterwards in Western Europe. The scene of his 
 martyrdom is Mesopotamia, or Persia. 
 
 Jude — orThaddeus, or Lebbeus. He is said to have 
 laboured in Mesopotamia, and afterwards to have gone to 
 Persia, where he was put to death. 
 
 Matthias — the successor of Judas, has various fields 
 of labour assigned to him, but is supposed to have preached 
 in some of the eastern countries, probably in Cappadocia, 
 where he was stoned to death. 
 
 AND ORDERS OF MEN. 
 
 Pharisees. — This was the strictest of the Jewish 
 sects, and also the most distinguished and popular among 
 them. Its origin is not known, but Josephus mentions 
 that the Pharisees were of considerable importance when 
 John Hyrcanus was high priest, a century before the 
 birth of Christ. Their name was derived from the 
 Hebrew word "pharash," signifying separated, because 
 the Pharisees made pretensions to superior strictness in 
 religious observances. They considered that eternal 
 life would be the reward of their good works, and in- 
 vented a great many observances, in which they re- 
 
158 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 quired more strictness than in the observance of the 
 Law itself, having especial respect to what they called 
 the traditions of their elders, esteeming them of equal 
 weight with the Divine precepts: they even justi- 
 fied some things as morally right, which were only 
 permitted by the Mosaic law. But though they pre- 
 tended to great holiness, their morality was, in fact, 
 both lax and corrupt, as our Lord often openly de- 
 clared to them. They considered that the Divine bless- 
 ings and promises belonged to the Jews only, and ac- 
 counted all other nations and persons as enemies to 
 whom they were not bound to give any assistance ; ex- 
 tending this view so far as to consider the unlearned 
 and poor, even among their own nation, as accursed. 
 They pretended to be strict observers of the Sabbath, 
 and of oaths, but regarded only the ceremonial obser- 
 vances of the first, and had many evasions with respect 
 to the latter, even maintaining that the words expressed 
 were not binding if there were a secret reservation to the 
 contrary. They accounted their evil desires as of no im- 
 portance, and indulged in avarice and extortion, while 
 they scrupulously paid tithes of the meanest herbs. They 
 most earnestly sought to make proselytes to their pe- 
 culiar opinions, but thought themselves defiled if they 
 only touched, or spoke with heathens, or persons of ir- 
 regular conduct ; they made their outward appearance 
 remarkable by peculiarity in their garb, especially by 
 wearing broad phylacteries, or portions of the law written 
 on slips of parchment, displayed on their foreheads and 
 
 Essenes. — These were a sect of the Jews but little 
 known. They existed in the time of our Saviour, and 
 were in a great measure free from the hypocrisy of the 
 Pharisees, as well as from the open profligacy of the 
 Sadducees. They had no regard to tradition, nor were 
 very scrupulous as to the ceremonial law, but taught 
 great strictness as to moral conduct. They seem to have 
 been strict in the observance of the Sabbath, and in regard 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 159 
 
 for the Scriptures, but expounded them allegorically. 
 They presented gifts to the Temple, but offered no sacri- 
 fices. They lived in a state of equality, paying respect 
 to the aged and to the priests, and had all things in com- 
 mon. They entered into no worldly employment except- 
 ing agriculture, and admitted none to their society till 
 after three years' probation. If at any time expelled from 
 the society, their doom was fearful. Having sworn to 
 receive no food except from their own sect, the criminal 
 was perjured, or must feed on the grass of the field till 
 he died with hunger ; sometimes a repentant criminal was 
 re-admitted when at the last extremity. The austere and 
 retired life of the sect is supposed to have given rise to 
 monkish superstitions. The Romanists have contended 
 that the Essenes were Christians, but it is evident from 
 the accounts of the Jewish writers, Josephus and Philo i 
 that they were Jews. 
 
 Theil<epeut^:. — These were a branch of the Essenes, 
 who lived in Egypt. They were still more rigid in their 
 observances, and avoided places inhabited by other men. 
 
 Sadducees. — The principles of this Jewish sect are 
 supposed to be derived from Sochseus, president of the 
 Sanhedrim, about 250 years before Christ, who taught that 
 man should serve God purely from love, and not from 
 hope of reward, or fear of punishment. But the name of 
 the sect was derived from Sadoc, one of his followers, who, 
 perverting his doctrine, taught that there was no future 
 state of rewards and punishments. They did not believe 
 in the resurrection, or of the existence of departed souls ; 
 they contended for free will, and denied a Particular Pro- 
 vidence. Their tenets, in many respects, were very like 
 those of the epicurean heathen philosophers, but they pro- 
 fessed obedience to the Mosaic law, yet only because of 
 its temporal rewards and punishments. They rejected 
 traditions, and seemed anxiously to have looked for the 
 coming of the Messiah, but only because they expected 
 him to reign as a mighty temporal king, and desired to 
 share in His worldly glory. Our Lord's whole appear- 
 
160 A TOPULAR HARMONY 
 
 ance and conduct were so opposed to their open infidelity 
 and profligacy, that they readily joined with the Pharisees 
 in opposing and destroying him and his followers. It has 
 been observed, that the first persecution of the Apostles 
 and early Christians began when the Sadducees were in 
 power : they were probably the most numerous party in 
 the Sanhedrim. The Sadducees were chiefly among the 
 more opulent of the Jews. 
 
 Kab, Rabbi, or Rabban. — These terms signified great, 
 or master, and were titles given to learned men among 
 the Jews, and may be termed respectively the three degrees 
 of comparison. These titles came into use only a short 
 time before the birth of Christ. Rabbi implied greater 
 excellency than Rab ; and Rabban (the same as Rabboni, 
 John, xx. 16.) was formerly ascribed only to seven of 
 their principal Jewish doctors, of whom Gamaliel was 
 one. In later times these titles were conferred in the 
 Jewish sehools as degrees. 
 
 Elders, Rulers, and Scribes — Acts, iv. 5. ; mem- 
 bers of the Council or Sanhedrim. The Rulers were the 
 chief priests; the Scribes were learned doctors of the 
 tribe of Levi ; the Elders were the seniors and senators of 
 the other tribes. 
 
 Sanhedrin or Sanhedrim. — The great council of the 
 Jews, composed of seventy-one members, selected from 
 the different tribes. The Jews usually ascribe its origin 
 to the appointment of elders by Moses in the wilderness, 
 but some date it from the return out of captivity, or from 
 the time of the Maccabees. The high priest was usually 
 president, and styled the prince. This council at first 
 sat in a room of the Temple, in the court of the Israelites 
 called Gazit. Afterwards they removed to other parts of 
 the Temple, and at length into the City of Jerusalem. 
 It was the great court of judicature among the Jews, and 
 had power of life and death. When Judea became a 
 Roman province, the council assumed more power, and 
 seems to have acted as a senate, exercising all authority 
 permitted by the Roman governors, and even usurping 
 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 161 
 
 some of the authority of the high priests. We find the 
 Sanhedrim or Council taking the lead in the transactions 
 recorded in the Gospels and Acts. 
 
 Scribes. — These were an order of learned men, selected 
 from the tribe of Levi, whose professed employment was 
 to write copies of the law ; also to expound and enforce 
 it. Some suppose there was also a description of Scribes, 
 whose office was of a civil nature, and that they were 
 chiefly from the tribe of Simeon. When prophecy had 
 ceased, the Ecclesiastical Scribes took upon themselves to 
 interpret and comment on the law, professing to solve 
 any doubts or difficulties concerning it. This gave rise 
 to numberless glosses and opinions which perplexed the 
 sacred text, and hence proceeded the doctrine that the 
 tradition law was of Divine origin. This accounts for the 
 ignorance, as to the spiritual meaning and import of the 
 law, which prevailed at the time of Christ. Lawyers 
 and Doctors of the Law were the same as the Scribes. 
 
 Herodians. — They appear to have been a political 
 rather than a religious party among the Jews, but as the 
 Jewish government was in many respects connected with 
 their religious observances, they may be enumerated 
 among the sects into which that nation was divided. 
 The leading feature of their principles was readiness to 
 concur with Herod, in subjecting himself and his do- 
 minions to the Roman power, also to pay taxes to 
 foreigners and heathens, and even in some cases to adopt 
 heathen customs, and tolerate their idolatrous practices. 
 In all these things they were directly opposed to the 
 Pharisees, which renders their union with that party 
 against Christ a strong proof of their enmity to him. 
 By the " leaven of Herod," against which Christ strongly 
 cautioned his disciples, Mark, viiL 15., probably is meant 
 the willingness to acquiesce or participate in idolatrous 
 practices, from interest and worldly policy. In other 
 respects, the Herodians adopted many of the views of 
 the Sadducees, or probably, for the most part, were of 
 that sect. 
 
 M 
 
162 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 Samaritans. — This sect or division of the Israelites 
 originated in the division between Judah and Israel in 
 the days of Rehoboam. The capital of the latter king- 
 dom was Samaria. Its inhabitants were much corrupted 
 by the idolatries introduced by their rulers, and still fur- 
 ther by the colonies planted in their land under the 
 Assyrians. After the captivity, on the reform introduced 
 by Nehemiah (ch. xiii.), many who had married strange 
 wives left Jerusalem, and settled at Samaria. Among 
 them was Manasseh, a son of the high priest, who, being 
 appointed to the same office by the Samaritans, induced 
 them to forsake their idolatries, and their worship was thus 
 rendered in many respects similar to that of the Temple 
 at Jerusalem, in imitation of which they built one on 
 Mount Gerizim. To this the woman of Samaria referred 
 in her discourse with our Lord (John, iv.). At that 
 period, the Jews and the Samaritans were opposed to each 
 other in the strongest manner. " He is a Samaritan," 
 was one of the most hateful epithets applied to our 
 Saviour. This is further exemplified by the parable of the 
 Good Samaritan. There are a few Samaritans still in 
 existence. The only part of the Scriptures received by 
 them is the books of Moses. 
 
 Galileans. — These were a faction raised by Judas 
 the Galilean or Gaulonite. They resisted the tax im- 
 posed by the Romans upon Judea, when Augustus re- 
 duced it to a province of the empire. Their leader 
 exhorted them to seek religious liberty by force of arms, 
 and told them tribute was due to God only. 
 
 Zealots. — They were a body of political enthusiasts 
 who took an active part in resisting the Roman power 
 shortly before the destruction of Jerusalem. They re- 
 sembled the Galileans in their principles, and committed 
 the most horrid atrocities without scruple. 
 
 Siclerii (rendered murderers), Acts, xxi. 38., were 
 similar to the two preceding. They were named from 
 the practice of wearing poniards under their garments. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 163 
 
 Israelites. — Hebrews, descendants from Jacob. 
 
 An Hebrew of Hebrews. — An Israelite by original 
 extraction. 
 
 Hellenists or Grecians. — Foreign Jews who used 
 the Greek language. 
 
 Greeks. — Gentiles, so denominated by the Jews. For 
 the most part they used the Greek language. The precise 
 application of the term has been doubted by some, who 
 consider that the proselytes of the gate (strangers who 
 worshipped Jehovah, but were not circumcised or strict 
 observers of the Mosaic law), are included. 
 
 Nazarites. — Persons under a vow of separation: see 
 Numbers, ch. vi. 
 
 Nazarenes. — A name applied to Jewish Christians 
 as a disgraceful title, or appellation, in allusion to Na- 
 zareth. 
 
 Publicans. — Tax-gatherers, or collectors of the re- 
 venue under the Roman government. The taxes were 
 usually let by public auction, hence those who farmed 
 them were called " Publicans." Some of them were re- 
 ceivers for a considerable district, as Zaccheus, who is 
 termed a Chief Publican. These had officers under them, 
 as Matthew, who sat at the place where duties were paid . 
 on exports and imports. Many of these inferior officers, 
 like the rahdars or toll-gatherers in modern Persia, were 
 infamous for their rapacity and extortions. The office 
 was considered disgraceful among the Greeks, but was 
 still more hateful to the Jews, who regarded the enforce- 
 ment of Gentile imposts as a scandal to their religion. 
 Hence the manner in which the Publicans are mentioned 
 in the Gospels. 
 
 M 2 
 
164 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 THE HERODIAN FAMILY. 
 
 There were three Jewish monarchs of the name of 
 Herod mentioned in Scripture. 
 
 I. Herod the Great. Herod was ambitious, bold, 
 tyrannical, passionate, and inexorably cruel. He was a 
 descendant of Antipas or Antipater, a native of Idumea, 
 a Jewish proselyte : Julius Cassar, after the defeat of 
 Pompey, gave the government of Judea to him. Herod 
 married ten wives, by whom he had several children. 
 His first wife was Doris, an Idumean, whom he married 
 when he was but a private individual ; by her he had 
 Antipater, the eldest of all his sons, and whom he caused 
 to be executed five days before his own death. His 
 second wife was Mariamne, the only surviving person of 
 the Asmonean or Maccabean race. He had her put to 
 death. She was the mother of Alexander and Aristo- 
 bidus, whom he likewise had put to death. (This Aristo- 
 bulus left two sons and one daughter, viz. Agrippa, 
 Herod, and Herodias ; but more of these anon.) The 
 third wife was Mariamne, the daughter of Simon, whom 
 Herod had made high priest, in order to obtain her hand. 
 She was the mother of Herod, Philip, and Salome. 
 Salome had been placed in the w T ill of Herod ; but her 
 name was erased when it was discovered that her mother 
 was an accomplice in the crimes for which Antipater had 
 been executed. His fourth wife was Malthake, a Sama- 
 ritan : by her he had Archelaus and Philip. (Archelaus 
 enjoyed half his father's dominions, viz. Idumea, Judea, 
 and Samaria, under the name of Tetrarch. He reigned 
 nine years, and was banished by the Emperor Augustus 
 to Vienna, where he died. This is the Archelaus who 
 reigned vihe/i the Holy Family returned from Egypt. His 
 brother Philip married Salome, the famous dancer: he died 
 without children, and she w r as afterwards married to 
 Aristobulus.) The fifth wife was Cleopatra of Jerusalem. 
 She was the mother of Herod Antipas. (It was this 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 165 
 
 Herod who married Herodias, the wife of his brother 
 Philip while he was still living, and being reproved for 
 this act by John the Baptist [Matthew, xiv. 3. ; Mark, 
 vi. 17. ; Luke, iii. 19.], he caused that holy man to be 
 imprisoned and to be beheaded, agreeably to a rash and 
 foolish promise he had made to Salome, the daughter of 
 his wife Herodias. It was this Herod who attempted to 
 seize the person of Jesus Christ, and to put him to death. 
 It was this Herod to whom Pilate sent our Lord [Luke, 
 xiii. 31, 32.]. He was banished to Lyons, and then to 
 Spain, where both he and his wife Herodias died.) The 
 sixth wife of Herod was Pallas, by whom he had Pha- 
 saelus. His seventh wife was Phcedra, the mother of 
 Roxana. His eighth wife was Elpida. With the names 
 of the other two wives we are unacquainted : they, like 
 the last three named, are in no way connected with the 
 Scripture history. 
 
 As we have said, Herod was cruel and tyrannical — 
 relations, friends, and subjects came equally under his 
 ferocious disposition. The general expectation of the 
 Messiah during his reign, and especially towards the latter 
 part of it, in connection with his bad title to the throne, 
 contributed much to his anxiety, and fully explains his 
 rage on being " mocked by the wise men," and the cause 
 of his issuing the mandate to slay all the children of 
 Bethlehem. Josephus records that a short time previous 
 to his death, he collected all the chief Jews to Jericho, and 
 entreated his sister and her husband to cause them all to 
 be killed so soon as he had breathed his last. This act of 
 cruelty, however, they did not commit. Herod died suf- 
 fering the most horrid tortures, a few months after the 
 Massacre of the Innocents. He reigned thirty-seven 
 years. By him the Temple had been magnificently re- 
 paired and various improvements made. 
 
 " But they are dead," namely, Herod the Great and 
 Antipater his son, whom he had put to death only five 
 days before he went to his own place. 
 
 Archelaus. " When he" (Joseph) heard that 
 v. 3 
 
166 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 Archelaus did reign," &c. Archelaus was the eldest 
 remaining son of Herod the Great. His mother's name 
 was Malthake. He partook of the cruel and blood-thirsty 
 disposition of his father : at one of the passovers, he 
 caused 3000 of the people to be put to death in the city 
 and temple. This tyranny, as before observed, caused his 
 banishment, and his kingdom to be made more strictly a 
 Roman province. 
 
 II. Herod Antipas. — The brother of Archelaus, but 
 not by the same mother. Herod Antipas' mother was 
 Cleopatra. He was Governor of Galilee and Peraea 
 under the title of Tetrarch. Josephus describes him as a 
 crafty and incestuous prince, which is confirmed by the 
 Gospel history. See the Life of his Father. 
 
 Philip, another son of Herod the Great. — Josephus 
 represents him as a mild and amiable prince. — His mother 
 was Malthake, the fourth wife of Herod the Great. 
 Philip is sometimes called the Tetrarch.- 
 
 III. Agrippa, or Herod Agrippa I. — This Herod was 
 the grandson of Herod the Great, by his son Aristobulus. 
 At first he lived at Rome as a private person. For some 
 time he was favoured by Tiberius, but being accused of 
 wishing his death, he was imprisoned. Caligula created 
 him king ofBatansea and Trachonitis, and Claudius added 
 Abilene, Judea, and Samaria to his dominions. His sub- 
 jects were satisfied with his government, and put to 
 death the apostle James to please him. His power and 
 grandeur having inflated his pride, he was struck with, a 
 noisome and painful disease, and died as related (Acts, xii.). 
 
 His brother Herod was king of Chalcis. 
 
 Herod Agrippa II. — Being only seventeen years old 
 when his father died, his dominions were placed under a 
 Roman governor, but he was subsequently admitted to 
 rule over a part of them with the title of King. Before 
 this monarch Paul made his defence. Acts, xxvi. He 
 was the last prince of the Herodian family, surviving the 
 destruction of Jerusalem for a long time. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 167 
 
 Herod Agrippa I. left also two daughters, who are 
 mentioned in the New Testament. Both of them profli- 
 gate characters : — 
 
 1. Bernice, married her uncle Herod king of Chalcis. 
 After his death she was suspected of incest with her 
 brother ; she subsequently lived with the Emperor Ves- 
 pasian, and his son Titus. The latter would have married 
 her, but for the displeasure of the Romans at the prospect 
 of such an alliance. 
 
 2. Drusilla : she was married to Azizus, king of 
 Emessa, but left him to live with Felix, the Roman 
 governor of Judea. 
 
 Herodias, the grand-daughter of Mariamne, and 
 daughter of Aristobulus. She married successively her 
 two uncles. First Philip, the son of the third wife of 
 Herod the Great; and secondly, Antipas, the son of the 
 fifth wife of that monarch. By Philip she had Salome 
 the dancer. 
 
 Salome married first Philip the Tetrarch, the son of 
 Herod the Great by his fourth wife Malthake : having 
 no children by him, she married, secondly, Aristobulus, 
 the son of Herod king of Chalcis, who was her cousin- 
 german, Herod being her mother's brother. By Aris- 
 tobulus she had several children. 
 
 Observe. The above is all that is necessary to be 
 known respecting the Herodian family. The history, 
 and especially the genealogy, of the family is embarrass- 
 ing in all works I have hitherto read ; but I have endea- 
 voured to place the history and genealogy of this remark- 
 ably bad family in as clear and plain a manner as I 
 know how. Less difficulty will present itself to the 
 reader of the history of the successors of Herod the 
 Great if he will refer to the Genealogical Chart and 
 observe which of the wives of Herod the Great was 
 respectively their mother. 
 
 M 4 
 
168 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 GENEALOGICAL CHART OF THE HERODIAN FAMILY. 
 
 Herod. 
 
 His Wives. 
 
 Children. 
 
 His Grand- 
 children. 
 
 Great-grand- 
 children. 
 
 Great-great- 
 grand- 
 children. 
 
 Herod the 
 
 1. Doris. 
 
 Axtipater, 
 
 
 
 
 Great. 
 
 2. Maria mne. 
 Put to death 
 
 put to death 
 bv his fa- 
 ther. 
 1. Alexan- 
 der. 
 
 
 
 
 
 by her hus- 
 
 2. Aristobu- 
 
 I. Herod 
 
 1. Bernice. 
 
 
 
 band. 
 
 LUS. 
 
 Agrippa. 
 
 (Acts, xii.) 
 
 ( Acts, xxv. 
 13.) 
 2. Agrippa. 
 (Acts, xxv. 
 xxvi.) 
 
 Dbusilla, 
 married to 
 Felix. 
 
 (Acts, xxv. 
 xxvi.) 
 
 
 
 
 2. Herod. 
 
 ARISTOBULUS. 
 
 Second hus- 
 band of 
 Salome, 
 daughter of 
 Herodias. 
 
 Several chil- 
 dren. 
 
 
 
 
 3. Herodias. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Married, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1st, to He- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 rod Philip, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 and 2ndly, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 to Antipas. 
 
 
 
 
 3. Mariamne. 
 
 Herod Phi- 
 lip. First 
 husband of 
 Herodias. 
 
 (Mark, vi. 22.; 
 
 Salome. 
 Married, 1st 
 to Philip, 
 and 2ndly, 
 to Aristo- 
 bulus. 
 
 (Mar. vi. 22.) 
 
 
 
 
 4. Malthake. 
 
 1. Archelaus. 
 (Matt. ii. 22.) 
 
 2. Philip. 
 First hus- 
 band of Sa- 
 lome, the 
 daughter of 
 Herodias. 
 
 
 
 
 
 5. Cleopa- 
 
 Antipas. 
 
 Several chil- 
 
 
 
 
 tra. 
 
 Second hus- 
 band of He- 
 rodias. 
 
 (Matt. xiv. 3. 
 Mar. vi. 17. 
 Lu. iii. 19. ; 
 xiii. 31. 33.) 
 
 dren. 
 
 
 
 
 6. Pallas. 
 
 Phasaelus. 
 
 
 
 
 
 7. Phaedra. 
 
 Roxana. 
 
 
 
 
 
 8. Elpida. 
 
 Salome. 
 (Not the 
 
 
 
 
 
 9th and 10th 
 
 one named 
 
 
 
 
 
 wives un- 
 
 in Scrip- 
 
 
 
 
 
 known. 
 
 ture.) 
 
 
 
 
Or THE BIBLE. 169 
 
 THE TAKGUM, TALMUD, MI SNA, GEMAEAS. 
 
 Targums, i. e. Explanations. — These are Chaldee para- 
 phrases of Scripture, and are supposed to have originated 
 during the Babylonish Captivity. 
 
 Talmud, i, e. Doctrine. — Contains a body of Jewish 
 doctrines and precepts relative to religion and morality. 
 It consists of two parts, the Misna, or text, and the 
 Gemara, or comment. 
 
 Misna. — This word signifies Repetition. The Misna 
 is a collection of various Jewish traditions and exposi- 
 tions of texts, which they pretend were delivered to Moses 
 while in the mount, and transmitted through Aaron, 
 Eleazar, Joshua, and the Prophets, to the great Sanhe- 
 drim, and on to the time of Rabbi Jehuda, who committed 
 them to writing towards the close of the second century. 
 Hence it is called the Oral Law, and is in many respects 
 esteemed more highly than the Pentateuch. The Misna 
 is chiefly in the form of aphorisms, and may be considered 
 as a digest of the traditions held and practised by the 
 Pharisees in the time of our Lord. 
 
 Gemaras. — This signifies Perfections. They are a 
 kind of commentary on the Misna. Their name implies 
 that nothing beyond these are required. The Gemaras 
 are twofold. 1st. The Gemara of Jerusalem, little es- 
 teemed. It was written in the third or fifth century. 
 2nd. The Gemara of Babylon. This was written in the 
 sixth century, and is full of absurd fables. The Jews 
 esteem it highly, continually studying it, and always 
 refer to it in cases of doubt and difficulty. 
 
170 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 SYNAGOGUES. — THEIR OFFICERS. — THEIR 
 SERVICES. — PROSEUCH^. 
 
 The period of the origin of synagogues is uncertain, 
 but after the time of the Maccabees they were found in 
 almost every town in Judea, according to its extent, and 
 in foreign countries wherever the Jews were numerous. 
 A synagogue might be erected in any place where ten 
 persons of respectability and property could be found; 
 and every Jew was required to worship publicly in a 
 synagogue or in the temple. In Jerusalem there were 
 480 synagogues just before the destruction of that city 
 by the Romans. Each synagogue had a table, whereon 
 the book of the law was spread, and on the east of which 
 was an ark, or chest, to keep it in. The elders sat before 
 this table with their faces to the people and their backs 
 to the ark. These places are called in the New Testa- 
 ment the chief seats in the synagogue. The women sat 
 by themselves in latticed galleries. 
 
 The Officers of the synagogue were — i. The rulers. 
 These often were several in number. They regulated all 
 its concerns, and gave permission to persons to preach. 
 They also possessed considerable authority, and could 
 direct punishments to be inflicted on those whom they 
 deemed rebellious against the law, Matt. x. 17. ii. A 
 person who offered up prayers for the congregation. He 
 was called the angel or messenger, as he spoke to God 
 for the people, iii. One who had charge of the sacred 
 books. 
 
 The Services. — The Law was divided into fifty-three 
 or fifty-four paraschioth or sections, so as to be read over 
 in the year. A like number of portions were selected 
 from the prophetic writings, including a few extracts 
 from the historical books : they were called haphtoreth. 
 The sections were read by the Scribes, or such members 
 of the synagogue as were called upon to do so ; and they 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 171 
 
 might add an exposition. This is exemplified in Luke, iv. 
 15, 22. It was also customary, after the reading of the 
 law and the prophets, to invite any strangers of learning, 
 or persons known to be advocates of particular doctrines, 
 and then present, to impart such religious instruction as 
 they washed to communicate. This explains the invi- 
 tation to the Apostles, Acts, xiii. 14, 15. Sometimes they 
 offered themselves voluntarily, as our Lord seems to have 
 done, Luke, iv. 16. It was usual for public instructors 
 to sit down while they delivered their sermons, Luke, iv. 
 20. ; Matt, xxiii. 2., and several other places. The syna- 
 gogue services were on the sabbath, celebrated three times 
 in the day. They began with a doxology, then followed a 
 portion from the law, another doxology, and the portions 
 from the prophets. The passages which had been read in 
 Hebrew were rendered by an interpreter into the tongue 
 commonly spoken ; the reader, or some other person, then 
 addressed the people. The meeting ended with prayer, 
 and a collection was made for the poor. It is supposed 
 that some of the prayers now used, or the substance of 
 them, were in existence in the time of Christ, but the 
 greater part bear evidence that they are of a later date. 
 The public services in the synagogues gave considerable 
 facilities to the Apostles in their first preaching the 
 Gospel, till they were excluded from them, and then 
 they either hired houses or were received by friends, 
 who gave the use of suitable rooms for the purpose,, Acts 
 xix. 9. ; xx. 8. 
 
 Proseuch^e. — These are supposed by some to have 
 been the smaller synagogues, but it is generally consi- 
 dered that they were only enclosures, open at the top, 
 where persons prayed, either separately or together. 
 Frequently they were in fields, or lonely places, and by 
 the side of rivers, Acts, xvi. 1 3. It is supposed they were 
 often resorted to by our Lord in his midnight prayers. 
 
172 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 THE APOCRYPHAL BOOKS. 
 
 The word Apocrypha signifies concealed, obscure, with- 
 out authority. It is used, in reference to the Bible, to 
 designate such books as have been by some authorities 
 placed in the sacred volume, but which do not proceed 
 from Divine inspiration, and, therefore, are not to be 
 considered as a part of Canonical Scripture, though some 
 of them maybe " read for example of life and instruction 
 of manners." The Council of Trent decreed that these 
 mere human compositions were of equal authority with 
 the books which were penned by holy men of old moved by 
 the Holy Ghost. The following outline will show how 
 far they are entitled to the term " Inspired Books." 
 
 1. These books are not found in the Hebrew Bible ; 
 and, moreover, are not written in the Hebrew language, 
 but in the Greek, a language unknown to the Jews till 
 after the close of the Old Testament inspiration. A part 
 only may have been written in Chaldee. They probably 
 were written by Jews, but have never been received into 
 the Canon of Scripture by that people. They are not 
 included by Josephus or Philo, and the Rabbins ex- 
 pressly reject them. They are not quoted in the New 
 Testament. The Church of Rome, indeed, allege that in 
 Rom. xi. and Heb. xi. are quotations from the Book of 
 Wisdom : but the passages may be traced, the first to 
 Isaiah, and the second to Genesis. They do not appear 
 to have been known in the time of Christ. They were 
 not received as canonical by the Primitive Fathers. 
 Melito, in the second century, gives a list, but none of 
 these books are mentioned. Jerome excludes them by 
 name ; of Wisdom and Ecclesiasticus, the two least ob- 
 jectionable, he says, — " The Church may read these two 
 books for the edification of the common people, but not 
 as authority to confirm any doctrine." Augustine does 
 not put them on a level with inspired writings, and says 
 they were not read from the same desk, but from a lower 
 part of the church. And, until the Council of Trent was 
 held in the sixteenth century, the most learned and ju- 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 173 
 
 dicious of the Popish writers and prelates adhered to the 
 opinion of the Early Fathers ; but at that Council it was 
 decreed that all who did not receive these human pro- 
 ductions as Divine should be accursed. 
 
 II. These books contain silly and ridiculous stories, 
 and contradict the doctrines of acknowledged Scripture, 
 and cannot therefore be Divine. 
 
 In Tobit, an angel is represented as telling a direct 
 falsehood, and the most puerile stories are inserted. 
 Judith prays to the God of truth to prosper a direct 
 falsehood, and commends the slaughter of the Sheche- 
 mites, which is condemned in Scripture. In Wisdom, 
 the author speaks in the name of Solomon, but Jerome 
 proves it is falsely ascribed to that king. In Baruch, 
 that scribe is represented as being at Babylon, whereas 
 Jeremiah expressly declares he was carried into Egypt. 
 Jeremiah is also represented as reading openly to the 
 king and the people, when he was closely imprisoned : and 
 as sending money to Jerusalem for sacrifices, when the 
 temple was in ruins, and there was no altar. Bel and 
 the Dragon is clearly a mere fiction. The Song of the 
 Three Children states there was no prophet at Babylon, 
 when both Daniel and Ezekiel were there. Susanna is 
 certainly of Greek origin. The books of the Maccabees 
 contradict each other, and give false accounts of nations. 
 Esdras contradicts the book of Ezra, and has besides many 
 clear proofs which shut it out from the title of being an 
 inspired work. The Prayer of Manasses, though a pious 
 composition, never has been recognised as authentic, not 
 even by the Romish Church. 
 
 III. These books teach erroneous doctrines, Prayers 
 for the dead, 2 Mac. xii. 43, 44. Transmigration of 
 souls, Wisdom, viii. 19, 20. Justification by works of 
 the law, 2 Esdras, viii. 33. ; Tobit, xii. 8, 19. ; Eccles. iiL 
 3, 30. ; xxxv. 3. Sinless perfection, Eccles. xiii. 24. 
 Immoral practices — lying, Tobit, v. 12. with xii. 13. 
 Suicide, 2 Mac. xiv. 41, 46. Assassination in Judith. 
 Magical incantations, Tobit, vi. 16, 17. 
 
174 
 
 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 The first book of Maccabees gives an erroneous account 
 of the Roman government. 
 
 IV. These books were not written by prophets ; but 
 by men who speak of their labours as merely human. 
 
 " Such are the manifest deficiencies and errors of the 
 Apocryphal books, which utterly disqualify them from 
 any portion of the respect due to the Inspired Scripture." 
 " Yet they are valuable as ancient writings, and as con- 
 taining some good maxims, but when we have said this 
 we have praised them quite as highly as we dare. While 
 it is a matter of instruction to learn the opinion of men 
 of past ages, it is a dishonour to God to place men's words 
 on a level with His." — Chiefly from Cosins. 
 
 THE JEWISH CALENDAR. 
 
 Nisan or Abib, 30 Days. 
 
 {March and April*) 
 Day. 
 
 10. Fast — death of Moses. Lamb 
 provided for the Passover. 
 
 14. Passover. 
 
 15. Feast of unleavened bread. 
 
 16. Sheaf of the new barley- 
 
 harvest offered up. 
 In this month prayers for rain 
 to make the grain swell. 
 
 Jyar or Zif, 29 Days. 
 
 (April and May.) 
 
 10. Past— death of Eli. 
 
 14. Second Passover. 
 
 28. Past — death of Samuel. 
 
 Sivan, 30 Days.' 
 
 (May and June.) 
 Day. 
 
 G. Peast of Pentecost. 
 23. Past — schism of Jeroboam. 
 
 Thammtjz, 29 Days. 
 
 (June and July. ) 
 1 7. Past — tables of the law broken, 
 and the perpetual sacrifice 
 ceased. 
 
 Ab, 30 Days. 
 (July and August) 
 1 . Past — death of Aaron. 
 9. Past — temple burned both by 
 the Assyrians and Romans. 
 
 * Properly speaking, the latter part of the former and the first part of 
 the latter month is the Jewish month : this must he understood through- 
 out the Calendar. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 175 
 
 Eulul, 29 Days. 
 
 (August and September.) 
 Day. 
 
 7. The walls dedicated by Ne- 
 hemiah. 
 17. Fast — the death of the spies. 
 
 22. Fast — punishments of wicked 
 
 Israelites. 
 
 Tisei, or Elhanin, 30 Days. 
 (September and October.) 
 
 1. Feast of Trumpets. 
 
 3. Feast of Gedaliah. 
 
 7. Fast— Golden Calf. 
 10. Fast — day of expiation. 
 1 5. Feast of Tabernacles. 
 
 23. Solomon's Dedication. 
 
 Marchesvan or Bul, 29 Days. 
 
 (October and November.) 
 
 6. Fast — Zedekiah's eyes put 
 out. In this month prayers for 
 the autumnal rain. 
 
 Chisleu, 30 Days. 
 
 (November and December.) 
 Day. 
 7. Fast — burning Jeremiah's roll. 
 25. D e dication of the last Tern pie. 
 
 Thebeth, 29 Days. 
 (December and January.) 
 10. Siege of Jerusalem. 
 
 Sebat, 30 Days. 
 
 (January and February.) 
 
 1 5. Year of trees reckoned from. 
 23. Destruction of Benjamin. 
 
 Adar, 29 Days. 
 
 (February and March.) 
 
 7. Fast — death of Moses. 
 14. 15. Feast of Purim. 
 
 Note. — Each month began with the first day of the new moon, and 
 consisted of twelve lunations ; comprising 354 days, 8 hours. To prevent 
 the entire change of the months through the seasons, an intercalary month 
 was added once in three years, sometimes once in two years, called 
 Veadar, which was inserted next after Adar. — The Civil year began 
 on the first of Tisri, when it was supposed the world was created. — The 
 Ecclesiastical year, for religious computations, began on the first of 
 Nisan. Exod. xii. 2. 
 
176 A POPULAR HARMONY 
 
 JEWISH SEASONS —HOURS AND WATCHES. 
 
 SEASONS. 
 
 Seed time — From the middle of Tisri to the middle 
 of Chisleu (from the beginning of October to the begin- 
 ning of December). Weather cloudy and rainy, land 
 ploughed and sowed, latter grapes gathered. 
 
 Winter — From the middle of Chisleu to the middle 
 of Sebat (December to February). Cold very piercing, 
 some ice and snow on high grounds. Heavy rains. 
 
 Cold season — From the middle of Sebat to the 
 middle of Nisan (February to April). Thunder, light- 
 ning, and hail. Vegetable nature revives. Barley ripe 
 in forward grounds. Latter rains begin to fall. 
 
 Harvest — From the middle of Nisan to the middle of 
 Sivan (April to June). Rains cease. Heat increases. 
 Wheat harvest. 
 
 Summer — From the middle of Sivan to the middle of 
 Ab (June to August). Heat increases ; people sleep in 
 the open air. Not a cloud to be seen. 
 
 Hot season — From the middle of Ab to the middle of 
 Tisri (August to October). Heat intense. No rain. 
 Dews heavy. 
 
 HOURS. 
 
 The day, reckoning from sunrise, and the night, from 
 sunset, were each divided into twelve equal parts, called 
 the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th, &c. hours. In Judea the days 
 do not vary much in their length. 
 
 WATCHES. 
 
 The 1st watch, from sunset to the 3rd hour of the 
 night. — The 2nd, or middle watch, from the 3rd hour 
 to the 6th. — The 3rd watch, or cock-crowing, from 
 the 6th hour to the 9th. — The 4th, or morning watch, 
 from the 9th hour to sunrise. 
 
OF THE BIBLE. 177 
 
 TABLE OF SCRIPTURE MEASURES, WEIGHTS, AND 
 MONEY. 
 
 Length — Cubit, 21 inches. — Span, 10| inches. — 
 Handbreadth, 3\ inches. — Finger, inch. — Fathom, 7 feet 
 3^- inches. — EzekieVs reed, 10 feet 11^ inches. — Mea- 
 suring line, 145 feet 11 inches. — Sabbath day s journey, 
 729 paces 3 feet. — Mile, 1 m. 403 paces 1 foot. — Furlong 
 (or stadium), 145 paces 4\ feet. — Day's journey, 33 m. 
 172 paces 4 feet. 
 
 Note. 5 feet is a pace, and 1056 paces one mile. 
 
 Liquid measure. — Homer, or cor, 75 gal. 5 p. -f *. — 
 Bath, 7 gal. 4 p. + . — Hin, 1 gal. 2 p. + . — Log, nearly 
 1 pint. — Firkin, rather more than 7 pints. 
 
 Dry measure — Homer, 8 bushels 1^ pint. — Lethech, 
 4 bush. +.—Ephah, 3 pecks +. — Seah, 1 peck +. — 
 Omer, 5 pints +. — Cab, nearly 3 pints. 
 
 weights. 
 
 Shekel, 9 dwts. 2^ grs. — - Jflaneh, 2 lbs. 3 ozs. 6 dwts. 
 10 grs.— Talent, 113 lbs. 10 ozs. 1 dwt. 10| grs. 
 
 MONEY. 
 
 Shekel, 2s. 3§<£ — Bekah, Is. Id. — Zuzah, 6d. — 
 Gerah, Id. — Maneh, or Mina, 51. 13s. lOd. — Talent, 
 Mil. 105. Ad. — Shekel of gold, 11. 1 6s. 5d. — Talent of 
 gold, 5464/. 5s. 8d. — Golden dark, or dram, 11. Is. lOd. 
 — Piece of silver, 7f d. (called drachm). Tribute money 
 (didrachm), Is. 3±d. — Piece of silver (stater), 2s. 7d. — 
 Pound (mina) 31. 4s. Id. — Penny (denarius), 1\d. — 
 Farthing (ossarium), \d. — Farthing (quadrans) is about 
 eight tenths of a farthing. — Mite, about four tenths 
 of a farthing. 
 
 Note. Silver is reckoned at 5s. and gold at 41. per oz. 
 
 * This sign signifies that the measure is rather more. 
 
 THE END. 
 
London : 
 
 A. and G. A. Spottiswoode, 
 
 New-street- Square.